Software Vault: The Diamond Collection

home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search

/ Software Vault: The Diamond Collection / The Diamond Collection (Software Vault)(Digital Impact).ISO / cdr25 / lprsp260.zip / UGUIDE.DOC < prev next >

Wrap

Text File | 1995-01-15 | 442KB | 8,545 lines

LinguaPro/SPANISH Release 2.60c User's Guide ============================================ Schulenberg & Associates, Inc. P.O. Box 1005 Houston, Texas 77251 (713) 440-4444 (VOICE) (713) 778-0214 (FAX) Compuserve ID: 72650,3160 Copyright (c) 1992-5, Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. All Rights Reserved ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ New users of LinguaPro/SPANISH should read Appendix I (page 144) first. Then, please consult Appendix H (page 141) to find out how to order one of the two available Registered Versions. Thank you. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TABLE OF CONTENTS Page I. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW (Mini-Guide) ....................... 4 1.1 Approach and Objectives ...................................... 4 1.1.1 The Beginning Student .................................. 4 1.1.2 The Intermediate Student ............................... 6 1.1.3 The Advanced Student ................................... 7 1.2 Supplied Files and Program Installation ...................... 8 1.3 Terminology .................................................. 11 1.4 Command Input ................................................ 15 1.4.1 Typing Commands ........................................ 15 1.4.2 The ESCAPE Key (ESC) ................................... 16 1.4.3 Function Keys .......................................... 16 1.5 Loading Data Files ........................................... 17 1.6 Flashcarding ................................................. 18 1.6.1 Flashcarding of Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files .......... 18 1.6.2 Flashcarding of UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files .. 19 1.6.3 Flashcarding of VERB (VERB-Class) Files ................ 20 1.6.4 The KILL (K) command ................................... 21 1.7 On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) ........................... 23 1.8 VERB Reference Facility (VRF) ................................ 23 1.9 Saving Data Files ............................................ 24 1.10 SOUND ........................................................ 24 1.11 Performance Optimization ..................................... 25 1.12 Default Values ............................................... 25 1.13 C-A-T Summary, C-A-T DISPLAY, and C-A-T SCAN ................. 26 1.14 Printing -- User's Guide, C-A-T SCAN, Verb definitions and conjugations, etc. ..................................... 27 -2- II. LOADING DATA FILES ........................................... 28 2.1 Loading Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files ........................ 29 2.2 Loading UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files ................ 31 2.3 Loading TVERB (VERB-Class) Files ............................. 36 III. THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VOCABULARY (WORD-CLASS) FILES ..... 40 3.1 Clustering, Command Input, and Screen layout ................. 40 3.2 Signaling Errors, the HONOR System, and the INTENSE modes .... 42 3.3 More on Clustering and the Screen Layout ..................... 44 3.4 FLASHCARD Commands ........................................... 45 3.5 More about the INTENSE Modes ................................. 48 IV. THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR UNIT/SUNIT (SENTENCE-CLASS) FILES . 51 V. THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VERB (VERB-CLASS) FILES ........... 57 VI. THE ON-LINE DICTIONARY FACILITY .............................. 64 VII. THE VERB REFERENCE FACILITY .................................. 71 VIII. EXITING FROM LINGUAPRO/SPANISH ............................... 77 APPENDIX A -- THE C-A-T SUMMARY, DISPLAY, and SCAN A.1 The C-A-T SUMMARY ............................................ 79 A.2 The C-A-T DISPLAY ............................................ 80 A.3 The C-A-T SCAN ............................................... 80 APPENDIX B -- ADVANCED TOPICS B.1 Working with the KILLED File ................................. 82 B.2 Using EXTERNAL Files ......................................... 83 B.3 Constructing new SENTENCE-Class Files (Build your own lessons) 85 APPENDIX C -- OPERATIONAL NOTES & PROBLEM SOLVING ................... 87 APPENDIX D -- SUGGESTED STUDY APPROACHES ............................ 88 APPENDIX E -- THINGS TO TRY ......................................... 89 -3- APPENDIX F -- QUICK-START INFORMATION FOR FIRST-TIME USERS .......... 90 F.1 Loading a File ............................................... 90 F.2 Loading Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files ........................ 95 F.2.1 The Group Selection Screen ............................ 95 F.3 Loading UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files ................ 97 F.3.1 The Order Selection Screen ............................ 97 F.3.2 The Notes and Grammatical Info Selection Screen ....... 98 F.3.3 The Bookmark Screen (starting where you left off) ..... 98 F.4 Loading TVERB (VERB-Class) Files ............................. 100 F.4.1 The Tense Selection Menu .............................. 100 F.4.2 The Verb Selection Menu ............................... 102 F.4.3 The Person Selection Menu ............................. 103 F.4.4 The Options Selection Menu ............................ 104 F.5 Flashcarding of Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files ................ 105 F.5.1 Basic Operations (Vocabulary Flashcarding) ............ 106 F.5.2 Command Summary (Vocabulary Flashcarding) ............. 112 F.6 Flashcarding of UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files ........ 113 F.6.1 Basic Operations (Sentence Flashcarding) .............. 113 F.6.2 Command Summary (Sentence Flashcarding) ............... 120 F.7 Flashcarding of TVERB (VERB-Class) Files ..................... 121 F.7.1 Basic Operations (Verb Flashcarding) .................. 121 F.7.2 Command Summary (Verb Flashcarding) ................... 127 F.8 On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) ............................ 128 F.8.1 Basic Operations (On-Line Dictionary) ................. 128 F.8.2 Command Summary (On-Line Dictionary) .................. 129 F.9 Verb Reference Facility (VRF) ................................ 130 F.9.1 Basic Operations (Verb Reference Facility) ............ 130 F.9.2 Command Summary (Verb Reference Facility) ............. 130 APPENDIX G -- SPANISH PRONUNCIATION AND STRESS ...................... 131 APPENDIX H -- LinguaPro/SPANISH Registration Form ................... 141 APPENDIX I -- READ ME FIRST! GENERAL INFO, LICENSING, ETC. ......... 144 APPENDIX J -- The FSI Course (Units 1 - 55) ......................... 153 APPENDIX K -- LinguaPro Error Messages .............................. 162 APPENDIX L -- Specialized Vocabulary Files .......................... 169 INDEX ............................................................... 170 -4- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ I. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW (Mini-Guide) NOTE (1): This entire User's Guide is available on-line when you are within the LinguaPro program. Simply press F1 to access the User's Guide Browser. The Browser will allow you to scroll up and down through the User's Guide a line at a time, a text block (22 lines) at a time, or to go to the Top (i.e., the Table of Contents), the End (i.e., the Index), or to a specific page. You may also use the Browser to obtain a printout of this User's Guide (or any portion of it) by using the F4 key. See Appendix F.1 for further information. NOTE (2): Appendix G on page 131 contains a complete introduction to Spanish pronunciation and stress placement. NOTE (3): Appendix K on page 162 contains complete descriptions of all possible LinguaPro error messages. Please consult this material before calling Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. for assistance. 1.1 Approach and Objectives ----------------------- LinguaPro/SPANISH is a PC-based program designed for the serious language student, as well as scholars, translators, and other professionals. As such it is a large program, and one that is developing continually in many diff- erent directions. Our intention is to provide a program that you will NEVER outgrow. 1.1.1 The Beginning Student --------------------- As a beginning student you should start to acquire a knowledge of con- versational Spanish by working with the UNIT files. You will also benefit by acquiring one or more standard Spanish textbooks (check out the used book stores) in order to obtain additional perspectives on Spanish grammar as a supplement to the LinguaPro material. The C (COPY) command within the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) will enable you to quickly create specialized vocabulary flashcarding files that correspond to the chapters of your texts. The first fifteen lesson units (UNIT1.SPA - UNIT15.SPA) supplied with the BASE Registered Version cover ALL of the vocabulary, sentence models, and exercises found in the BASIC SPANISH COURSE (Vol. 1) produced by the U.S. Foreign Service Institute (FSI). In addition, the BASE Registered Version provides three more units (UNIT16.SPA - UNIT18.SPA) that are taken from Volume 2. Whereas the government course is divided into four volumes (1-15, 16-30, 31-45, and 46-55), we have regrouped the material into three (more equal) divisions that form a Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced course. The Beginning course consists of the first eighteen units indicated (1-18), and is provided in the BASE Registered Version. The Intermediate course consists of the next seventeen units (19-35) and is provided as part of the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version, or separately as Expansion Set #1. Finally, the Advanced course consists of the last twenty units (36-55) and will be available as Expansion Set #2 in the near future. -5- This FSI course is in the Latin-American dialect and provides a compre- hensive treatment of conversational Spanish. LinguaPro offers a computerized implementation of the vocabulary, exercises, dialogues and readings contained in this excellent course. Our computerization of the first eighteen units contains 6,140 basic sentences, which in turn consist of 17,298 drillable items. The Flashcarding machinery of LinguaPro will ensure that you have mastered ALL of this material in both the English to Spanish and Spanish to English directions. The C-A-T Scan feature of LinguaPro (Coverage-Accuracy- Total Mastery) will keep you continually aware of your current state of progress and will help you decide when it is time to advance to the next lesson (see Section 1.13 and Appendix A). In addition, the other twelve lesson units (SUNIT1 - SUNIT12) supplied with the Registered Versions of LinguaPro contain the vocabulary, sentence models, and exercises from the complete course "Spanish HEADSTART for Spain" developed by the U.S. Defense Language Institute. This second course is in the Castilian dialect and also provides a thorough introduction to conversa- tional Spanish. Further information on these courses, and how to order audio tapes directly from the National AudioVisual Center, is supplied in Section 2.2. If you are a beginning student we recommend that you master the eight- een unit Latin-American course first, and then work through the Castilian course. Even if you do not plan to go to Spain, or have no desire to use the "vosotros" verb forms, you should at least take the time to familiarize yourself with this material so that you can understand it when you encounter it. Also, you should begin to learn the first vocabulary file (LEVEL1.SPA). This file supplies over 4,500 fundamental Spanish words. As you advance to higher proficiency levels, the remaining four vocabulary levels provide another 14,500 words (in decreasing frequency of use). As you master these words, you may use the "kill" (K) command to gradually eliminate the very easy words and allow you to focus on the more difficult ones. In addition to working with LEVEL1.SPA you should practice with the specialized vocabulary contained in the files VOCAB1.SPA through VOCAB20. Unlike the strictly graded LEVEL series, many of these words are very specialized or infrequently used. You should not hesitate to "kill" (see the K command) any words that you do not desire to learn. Use the C-A-T Scan feature to keep track of your progress. Finally, you have an ideal way to master the complexities of Spanish verb conjugations by using the verb files (TVERB0 - TVERB5). These verb files start with the simpler (more regular) forms and proceed to the more irregular forms. The millions of unique sentences generated by this set of files provide you with the degree of drilling needed to achieve true mastery of Spanish verb conjugations. You should also drill on the Verb Index files VRBNDX1 and VRBNDX2 which provide the definitions of the 200 most frequent Spanish verbs. The Verb Reference Facility (VRF) can be used to view, and to PRINT, the conjugation patterns of these verbs. You can keep these printed conjugations with you to review when you are away from your computer! -6- If you are a Beginning Student you should master the following material: 1) UNIT1 - UNIT18 (The Beginning level of the Foreign Service Institute course. 2) SUNIT1 - SUNIT12 (if you wish to learn the Castilian dialect, e.g., the "vosotros" verb forms). 3) LEVEL1.SPA (The most useful 4,500 words in Spanish). 4) TVERB0 - TVERB2 (Basic Spanish verb conjugations). 5) VRBNDX1 - VRBNDX2 (The 200 most common Spanish verbs). 6) The easier words in the Specialized Vocabulary Files VOCAB1 - 20. 1.1.2 The Intermediate Student ------------------------ If you are an Intermediate student then you should either purchase the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version or the optional Expansion Set #1, in order to obtain Units 19 through 35 of the Foreign Service Institute course. These seventeen units supply an additional 9,129 basic sentences incorporating 26,047 drillable items! The Flashcarding machinery of LinguaPro makes it easy to truly absorb this massive amount of material. And the C-A-T Scan feature will keep you continually apprised of your progress and identify units that still need more work (see Section 1.13 and Appendix A). As an intermediate student you should drill intensively on verb conjuga- tions both in Sentence format, and in the "grammatical" mode of presentation (see the S command described in Section V). INTENSE mode 2 (discussed later) should be used to ensure that you have a complete grasp of spelling, including accent placement. You may then use the VERB Reference Facility (VRF) to study the conjugation patterns of over 9000 Spanish verbs. A simple form of flash- carding is provided in the VRF via the F3 function key. Also, you may print out these verb conjugations by using the F4 function key within the VRF. You should collect these printed conjugations in a notebook that you keep with you for daily review! You should quickly master the first 18 lessons of the BASIC SPANISH COURSE (Units 1-18) and then proceed to complete Units 19-55. If you have not already done so, you should then master the supplied Castilian course (SUNIT1 - SUNIT12). You should attempt to master the first three vocabulary files (LEVEL1 - LEVEL3) and thus obtain command of about 12,500 high-frequency Spanish words. You may then proceed to master LEVEL4 and LEVEL5, and to begin to add your own words to form LEVEL6.SPA. Levels 4 and 5 provide an additional 6,312 Spanish words. Also, you should be able to absorb most of the specialized vocabulary contained in the files VOCAB1.SPA ... VOCAB20.SPA. If you have previously "killed" off many of the less common words, then reload these files from your installation floppies and attempt to learn all of them. -7- At this point you will probably be doing a lot of reading. For this purpose the On-line Dictionary Facility (ODF) will be tremendously useful. You may locate words and definitions in a fraction of a second, and you may add new words to expand the scope of the dictionary system. Of course, these newly added words are then available for Flashcarding so that you can fully master this new vocabulary material. Also, you may begin to create your own lesson files (SENTENCE-Class) to accompany whatever textbooks you may be using. You should also experiment with the External File capability of the dictionary so that you can access a virtually unlimited amount of vocabulary while you read or do textbook exercises. If you are an Intermediate Student you should master the following material: 1) UNIT1 - UNIT35 (The Beginning and Intermediate levels of the Foreign Service Institute course). 2) SUNIT1 - SUNIT12 (the Castilian dialect, e.g., the "vosotros" verb forms). 3) LEVEL1.SPA - LEVEL3.SPA (The most useful 12,500 words in Spanish). 4) TVERB0 - TVERB5 (Basic Spanish verb conjugations). 5) VRBNDX1 - VRBNDX5 (The 500 most common Spanish verbs). 6) Keep working with the Specialized Vocabulary Files VOCAB1 - 20. 1.1.3 The Advanced Student -------------------- You should order Expansion Set #2 (available second quarter 1995) to obtain units 36 through 55 of the Foreign Service Institute course. This material provides a complete coverage of the Spanish subjunctive and even contains an introduction to the "vos" forms encountered in Central and South America. You should be able to readily absorb the supplied 19,000 word vocabulary ("killing" most of the words) and go on to add thousands of additional words. The Flashcarding Facility will still be eminently useful, however, to ensure that you have mastered the spellings of all words, as well as the placement of accent marks. You should practice all words in both the English to Spanish and Spanish to English directions, and you should use INTENSE mode 2 to ensure that you truly have mastered all spellings, including accent mark placement. Again, the C-A-T Scan feature (Section 1.13 and Appendix A) will help you plan out your daily study agenda and will ensure that you really have covered all of the material. You should find the VERB Reference Facility informative and useful for reference. The F3 function key may be used to obtain a degree of flashcarding support when you review these 9256 Spanish verbs and their conjugations. The supplied verb index files (VRBINDEX.SPA, VRBNDX1.SPA, etc.) will be helpful in structuring your study so as to attack the more common verbs first. -8- Finally, the On-line Dictionary Facility (ODF) will be an invaluable tool as you read, research, or translate Spanish text. The ODF provides not only extremely fast access to vocabulary items, but also allows up to 10 External Files to be simultaneously searched. You may build specialized WORD-Class or SENTENCE-Class files associated with the various texts that you are reading. You may then access these files as External Files. By building SENTENCE-Class files, you may then drill, for example, on vocabulary and syntactic forms encountered in Spanish literature. If you are an Advanced Student you should master the following material: 1) UNIT1 - UNIT55 (The complete Foreign Service Institute Spanish course) (Note: Units 36 - 55 will be available as Expansion Set #2 in the second quarter of 1995). 2) LEVEL1.SPA - LEVEL5.SPA (The most useful 19,000 words in Spanish). 3) TVERB0 - TVERB5 (Basic Spanish verb conjugations). 4) VRBNDX1 - VRBNDX25 (The 2,500 most common Spanish verbs). 5) All of the words in the Specialized Vocabulary Files VOCAB1 - 20. 1.2 Supplied Files and Installation ------------------------------- Release 2.60c of LinguaPro/SPANISH consists of the following files: (Items provided on the Shareware release are marked with an asterisk). *** SYSTEM FILES and UTILITY Programs *** * LP.EXE The LinguaPro/SPANISH Program executable file * LP.LIB LinguaPro Library File c USORT.BIN LinguaPro System File c SPA.BIN LinguaPro System File (Spanish compression) * SPANISH.VRB Verb Reference File (definitions and conjugations of 9256 verbs; 138 for the Shareware version) * SPANISH.V01 Verb Reference Support File (Idioms and Prepositions) * LP.ICO Icon for Windows CONVERT.EXE Utility program for converting "old format" (prior to version 2.60) data files to the "new format" (version 2.60 and later). PRTSCRPT.EXE Utility program for making hardcopy printouts of the supplied audio tape script files (SCRIPT1.SPA and SCRIPT2.SPA) *** USER LOADABLE FILES *** * UNIT1.SPA Unit #1 (Based on the Foreign Service Institute's Basic * UNIT2.SPA Unit #2 Spanish course) * UNIT3.SPA Unit #3 " " * UNIT4.SPA Unit #4 " " UNIT5.SPA Unit #5 " " ... UNIT18.SPA Unit #18 -9- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT19.SPA Unit #19 (Based on the Foreign Service Institute's Basic Spanish course) ... UNIT35.SPA Unit #35 " " Note: Units 19 - 35 are provided EITHER as part of the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version, or separately as Expansion Set #1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------- * UNIT1.NOT Unit #1 (Notes and Grammatical Information File) * UNIT2.NOT Unit #2 " " * UNIT3.NOT Unit #3 " " * UNIT4.NOT Unit #4 " " UNIT5.NOT Unit #5 " " ... UNIT18.NOT Unit #18 " " ------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNIT19.NOT Unit #19 " " ... UNIT35.NOT Unit #35 " " Note: Units 19 - 35 are provided EITHER as part of the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version, or separately as Expansion Set #1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUNIT1.SPA Unit #1 (Based on the Defense Language Institute's Spanish SUNIT2.SPA Unit #2 HEADSTART for Spain course) ... SUNIT12.SPA Unit #12 " " SUNIT1.NOT Unit #1 (Notes and Grammatical Information File) SUNIT2.NOT Unit #2 " " ... SUNIT12.NOT Unit #12 " " * SAMPLER1.SPA Sampler 1 Excerpts from FSI Course Units 6 - 18 * SAMPLER2.SPA Sampler 2 Excerpts from DLI Course Units 1 - 12 * SAMPLER3.SPA Sampler 3 Excerpts from FSI Course Units 19 - 35 * SAMPLER1.NOT Sampler 1 Database files for Samplers * SAMPLER2.NOT Sampler 2 " " * SAMPLER3.NOT Sampler 3 " " SCRIPT1.SPA Script file for side 1 of the supplied 90 minute audio tape (covering UNIT1). You may make a hardcopy printout of this file by using the PRTSCRPT utility program. SCRIPT2.SPA Script file for side 2 of the audio tape (UNIT2). SCRIPT1.NOT Script 1 Database files for Scripts SCRIPT2.NOT Script 2 " " * LEVEL0.SPA Vocabulary File (lvl 0) (over 700 basic words/phrases) LEVEL1.SPA Vocabulary File (lvl 1) ... LEVEL5.SPA Vocabulary File (lvl 5) -10- * VOCAB1.SPA Specialized Vocabulary File 1 -- The Human Body ... VOCAB20.SPA Specialized Vocabulary File 20 -- Sports Terminology * TVERB0.SPA Spanish Verbs #0 (5 basic verbs) TVERB1.SPA Spanish Verbs #1 (76 verbs) TVERB2.SPA Spanish Verbs #2 (76 verbs) TVERB3.SPA Spanish Verbs #3 (76 verbs) TVERB4.SPA Spanish Verbs #4 (76 verbs) TVERB5.SPA Spanish Verbs #5 (76 verbs) * VRBINDEX.SPA Verb Index Master File containing the highest frequency 4039 verbs documented in the VRF (Note: The Shareware version of LinguaPro/SPANISH contains 138 verbs). VRBNDX1.SPA 100 Highest Frequency verbs in the Spanish language. VRBNDX2.SPA 100 High Frequency verbs (following VRBNDX1.SPA) VRBNDX3.SPA 100 High Frequency verbs (following VRBNDX2.SPA) ... ... ... ... ... ... VRBNDX24.SPA 100 High Frequency verbs (following VRBNDX23.SPA) VRBNDX25.SPA 133 High Frequency verbs (following VRBNDX24.SPA) VRBNDX26.SPA 1506 Medium Frequency verbs (following VRBNDX25.SPA) VRBNDX27.SPA 5217 Low Frequency verbs (following VRBNDX26.SPA) Note (1): VRBINDEX.SPA is a combination of all verbs in the index sets VRBNDX1.SPA thru VRBNDX26.SPA. Note (2): Index sets 1-25 are graded in order of decreasing frequency according to two classical studies of Spanish word frequency. VRBNDX26.SPA includes all additional verbs that are found in the 19,000 word supplied dictionary files (LEVEL1-5). VRBNDX27 contains all remaining verbs that have conjugation information in the Verb Reference Facility. NOTE that the USORT.BIN and SPA.BIN files will be dynamically constructed (c) the first time they are needed. Version 2.60c of LinguaPro/SPANISH requires a PC with at least 512K of available memory. It will, however, utilize all available memory within the first 640K. Memory space only becomes a factor of importance for those users who wish to use LinguaPro as a comprehensive on-line dictionary -- having more memory available allows more files to be loaded internally (versus externally) and thus results in faster lookup speeds. Version 2.60c of LinguaPro does not attempt to use expanded or extended memory. This capability is being added to the Windows version currently under development. LinguaPro is activated by typing LP at a DOS prompt. Assuming that you have transferred the entire contents of the release floppies to a subdirectory named LPRO, you can activate the program by typing: C:\LPRO>LP -11- 1.3 Terminology ----------- 1.3.1 The Major Divisions of LinguaPro/SPANISH ---------------------------------------- a. FLASHCARD FACILITY - the principal feature of LinguaPro/SPANISH that provides you with the capability of flashcarding vocabulary (words), sentences (or parts of speech), or verbs (in complete sentences or in a grammatical presentation). This may be done from Spanish to English, from English to Spanish, or in a combination of both with a ratio selectable by you. From the Flashcard Facility you may enter the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF), or the VERB Reference Facility (VRF). b. ON-LINE DICTIONARY FACILITY (ODF) - the Dictionary Facility allows you to access (search for) words or sentences, and their definitions, by typing in just the first few letters of the Spanish or English word. By typing more letters you will narrow the search. All of the loaded Internal (Working) files will be searched. In addition, you may specify up to 10 External Files to participate in the search as well (this may include the special file KILLED.SPA). ANY item found in a search of the Internal Files (*** not the External Files ***) may be modified or deleted by you. In addition, the ODF is the means by which you can add new words and definitions to existing data files, or to create entirely new ones. The ODF is the key tool to use if you are doing serious reading, reference, or translation work. The ODF is accessed from the Flashcard Facility by using the D command. c. VERB REFERENCE FACILITY (VRF) - the VRF provides rapid access to the definitions, and complete conjugations, of over 9000 Spanish verbs. It may be accessed both from the ODF (On-Line Dictionary Facility) and the Flashcard Facility by using the V command. The VRF is provided principally for reference purposes. The special files VRBINDEX.SPA, VRBNDX1.SPA, VRBNDX2.SPA, ... VRBNDX27.SPA are designed to be used in close conjunction with the VRF to allow you to truly master over 9000 Spanish verbs. 1.3.2 File Terminology ---------------- a. WORKING FILE - any data file loaded EXPLICITLY through the File Loading Screen (e.g.,, LEVEL1.SPA, UNIT1.SPA, SUNIT1.SPA, TVERB1.SPA, VRBINDEX.SPA, VRBNDX22.SPA). Once loaded, such files are available for flashcarding. In addition, they may be modified or added to by use of the On-Line Dictionary Facility. Note: the KILLED.SPA is "usually" never loaded explicitly (see Appendix B.1 for exceptions). b. INTERNAL FILE - same as WORKING FILE -12- c. VOCABULARY FILE - any data file containing words and definitions. In addition, complete sentences are considered "words" if you have not specified any internal structure (see SENTENCE-Class File). Examples of VOCABULARY files are LEVEL1.SPA, VOCAB1.SPA, and VRBINDEX.SPA. You may modify the supplied vocabulary files, or create your own, by using the ODF (On-Line Dictionary Facility). d. WORD-CLASS FILE - same as VOCABULARY FILE e. UNIT FILES - examples are UNIT1.SPA, UNIT2.SPA, etc. These are instances of SENTENCE-Class files that have been used to implement a computerization of the BASIC SPANISH COURSE of the Foreign Service Institute. Other examples are SUNIT1.SPA, SUNIT2.SPA, etc. These files form a computerization of the Spanish HEADSTART for Spain course developed by the U.S. Defense Language Institute. f. NOTES FILES - examples are UNIT1.NOT, SUNIT2.NOT, etc. These are special system files that correspond to the UNIT and SUNIT files and contain grammatical notes, background information, cultural information, and other material that helps explain the vocabulary and sentences of the UNIT and SUNIT files. You must not attempt to alter the contents of these files. g. SENTENCE-CLASS FILE - examples are the UNIT and SUNIT files. SENTENCE- Class files contain sentences (or isolated words and phrases) in which one or more parts of speech have been EXPLICITLY delimited in the special manner discussed in Appendix B.3. You may modify the supplied SENTENCE-Class files, or create your own. It is, however, more complicated to create SENTENCE-Class files than WORD-Class (Vocabulary) files. h. VERB-CLASS FILE - examples are TVERB1.SPA, TVERB2.SPA, etc. These are complex files that support the generation of millions of complete, grammatical sentences for specified verbs, tenses, and persons. It is NOT currently possible for you to create or modify such files. i. KILLED FILE - the KILLED.SPA file is used to accumulate words that you have mastered and have subsequently "killed" (via the K command). You should rarely load this file explicitly since it is automatic- ally updated when you exit via the X command, causing all files (and associated statistics) to be saved. You MAY, however, wish to load it occasionally for review or "pruning" purposes. Appendix B.1 may be consulted for information on this procedure. Under normal cir- cumstances the KILLED file may eventually grow quite large. Its contents are always accessible for reference by using the External File capability of the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). -13- j. INDEX FILE - the VRBINDEX.SPA file is an example of a Verb Index File. It is actually a specialized Vocabulary (WORD-Class) file that contains 4039 of the most frequently used verbs (and their defini- tions) and which are also documented in the Verb Reference Facility (VRF). This file is designed to be used in conjunction with the VRF. You may utilize the Flashcard facility to review the verbs as vocabulary items, and then access the VRF (by using the V command) in order to obtain the complete conjugation. The supplemental index files VRBNDX1.SPA, VRBNDX2.SPA, ... VRBNDX26.SPA contain the same 4039 verbs as does the VRBINDEX.SPA file, but present the verbs in decreasing order of importance (from a frequency standpoint). VRBNDX27 contains the definitions of 5217 additional low-frequency verbs (including slang and obscenities). Together, VRBINDEX.SPA and VRBNDX27.SPA contain all 9256 verbs documented in the VRF. k. EXTERNAL FILE - an External File is any of the aforementioned files (with the exception of VERB-Class files) that are referenced by the On- Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) as an external file (in a read-only fashion). An External File is thus any file that is NOT loaded via the initial File Loading Screen. The KILLED file is usually refer- enced in this manner. The ODF currently permits up to 10 such External Files to be automatically searched. Searches of External Files will involve disk I/O, and users who desire to make heavy use of this capability should utilize a disk caching program such as SMARTDRV (see Section 1.11 and Appendix B.2). l. LIBRARY FILE - the Library File is called LP.LIB. It contains all of the data and forms needed by LinguaPro/SPANISH to function properly. You must have the Library File that exactly matches the version of your program file (LP.EXE) since it changes with each release. j. C-A-T SCAN - this important feature is discussed fully in Section 1.13 and Appendix A. The C stands for "Coverage", the A for "Accuracy", and the T for "Total Mastery". The SCAN (and associated DISPLAY and SUMMARY) provide you with a detailed status of what material you have covered, and how well you have mastered it in both directions (English to Spanish and Spanish to English). The C-A-T SCAN will be the key tool by which you measure your progress and select the material to be studied in the next session. 1.3.3 Flashcarding Terminology ------------------------ a. KILLING - the ability to "kill" a word, a verb form, or a part of a sentence is a very important feature of the LinguaPro flashcarding method. You should use the KILL (K) command whenever you have decided that the item in question has been thoroughly learned; use of the K command then causes LinguaPro to desist from drilling you on that particular item. The details of the KILL command are discussed in the sections dealing with each of the three flashcard- ing modes (WORDS, SENTENCES, VERBS), while Section 1.6.4 summarizes this information, and contrasts the specific behavior of the KILL command in each of these environments. In addition, the KILL command is supported within the On-line Dictionary Facility (ODF). -14- b. PURGING - words or sentences that are "purged" are gone forever just as soon as you exit via the X command. Purging (the P command) may only be performed within the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). c. HONOR SYSTEM - the "Honor System" is the most rapid way of mastering new vocabulary, phrases, or sentences. With the Honor System you must explicitly inform LinguaPro that you have missed the item by using the E command (type E or e and then press the ENTER key). This is the method that should be used to gain INITIAL familiarity with vocabulary, verbs, and sentences, and also should be used to gain FINAL mastery of this material. At an in-between stage of learning you should use INTENSE mode 2, which forces you to type the correct responses and thus automatically generates error signals for you. d. INTENSE Mode 1 - the behavior of INTENSE mode 1 differs between vocabu- lary items, verbforms, and sentences. In the case of sentences you will see a complete sentence on the left-hand side with a word or phrase highlighted within it. On the right-hand side you will see the translated sentence with the corresponding word or phrase bracketed and "blanked out". You should guess the missing pieces, press the ENTER key, and then use the "Honor System" by typing an E command if you missed the item. This method is very fast and may be used from English to Spanish or Spanish to English. The details of INTENSE Mode 1 will be discussed in depth later in the various sections dealing with flashcarding. e. INTENSE Mode 2 - in this mode the method of presenting material is identical to INTENSE Mode 1 except that you have to TYPE the correct response, including any applicable accent marks. You should be a good typist to use this mode effectively. It will, however, ensure that you have truly mastered the material since the program will generate the error indications automatically (no Honor System here!). Also, all of your errors will be automatically corrected and shown in red. f. QUIETING - the Quiet command (Q) is the inverse of the Error command (E). It allows you to "quiet" (silence) an item that has been marked as an error (whether you did it yourself previously with the E command or it was done for you in INTENSE mode 2). A more powerful version of this command (QQ) will "quiet" ALL items in ALL loaded working files! -15- g. GROUPS - when you initially load a large vocabulary file you may be offered the option to select just segments of these files for the flashcarding process. This is the best way to go about mastering mastering a large file like LEVEL1.SPA which contains over 4,500 vocabulary items. LinguaPro will divide the total loaded set into groups of about 90 to 100 items each. You may select a single group, or a range of groups, or ALL groups (the default). If you have NOT been doing KILLS or PURGES, then group 30, for example, will always contain the SAME 90-100 words. The order of presen- tation, however, will be RANDOM and will differ each time that you enter the program. h. CLUSTERS - whether you have narrowed your scope by using the Group capability or not, the flashcarding facility will always present the material to you in "clusters" of about 30 words or sentences. You will be automatically advanced to the NEXT cluster within your selected material if your error rate is acceptably low. The flashcarding facility, however, allows you to FREEZE (F command) the current cluster, or to force an ADVANCE (A command) to the next cluster. i. SENTENCE - when the term "SENTENCE" is used in conjunction with the SENTENCE-Class files then a very special meaning is intended. If you just type in a sentence as a string of words then it will be treated like a word, that is, an atomic unit without any internal structure. To construct a SENTENCE in the technical sense you need to study Appendix B.3 which describes how to create brackets within the sentence to delimit the parts of speech of interest. 1.4 Command Input ------------- 1.4.1 Typing Commands --------------- All input commands may be in either upper- or lower-case. Even searches made within the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) permit your input to be in either case. You should switch to lower case, however, in the following two instances: (1) you are using INTENSE Mode 2 and are typing in the exact response, including accent marks, or (2) you are adding or modifying words or sentences by using the ODF. Thus, whenever this User's Guide shows a command like K (the "kill" command), you can also type a lower-case k. -16- 1.4.2 The ESCAPE Key (ESC) -------------------- The ESCAPE key will generally exit you from the major facility you are in. That is, if you are within the ODF then pressing the ESC key will return you to the Flashcarding Facility. If you are within the VRF then you will return to the ODF, or to the Flashcarding Facility, depending on where you were when you typed the V command in the first place. At other times the ESC key will simply exit you from the particular mode that you are in (and a second ESC key will terminate the major function). For example, the ESC key can be used to terminate INTENSE mode 2 within the Flash- carding Facility. If you press ESC a second time then you will leave the Flashcarding Facility. 1.4.3 Function Keys ------------- F1 lets you view the User's Guide (or a list of all files that you may load). F2 gives you a blank screen. F3 gives you a summary of all loaded files and external files (the File Assignment Screen). If pressed again, it will produce a C-A-T DISPLAY or C-A-T SCAN. Within the VRF the F3 key randomly selects a verb. F4 gives you a printout. Function Key 1 (F1) is always used to access the User's Guide Browser facility (see page 4) which will make this entire User's Guide available to you on-line. You may also use the Browser to obtain a printout of this User's Guide by using the F4 key (see Appendix F.1 for further information on the Browser and Section 1.14 for information on printing the User's Guide). If you are at the initial File Loading Screen, however, the F1 key will first display all files that are available for loading (e.g., have the suffix SPA). If you still desire to view the User's Guide then you must press the F1 key again at this point. Function Key 2 (F2) will produce a blank screen in case you don't want someone to see what you are working on. Function Key 3 (F3) is available within the ODF (On-Line Dictionary Facility), the Flashcarding Facility (for verb files, unit files, and word files), and the VRF (VERB Reference Facility). Within the Flashcarding Facility it will bring up a display of all internal files that are loaded, together with their KILL and PURGE summaries (the File Assignment Screen). Within the ODF the F3 key will likewise display all internal files that are loaded, but in addition will show all external files that have been assigned via the EF command of the On-Line Dictionary Facility. In either case, pressing the F3 key a second time will bring up a C-A-T DISPLAY (Coverage/ Accuracy/Total Mastery) which will show your current status on all loaded Internal files. Use of the F3 key at the display of all available files, however, will bring up the C-A-T SCAN screen (see Section 1.13 and Appendix A for more information). -17- Within the VRF, function key 3 (F3) causes a verb to be randomly selected and displayed. This provides a useful flashcarding-type feature (that will be expanded in the future). The VRF also makes use of two other dedicated function keys to allow you to access additional information about a given verb. These keys are F6 and F7. The F6 key will show you IDIOMS that utilize the verb, and the F7 key will show you the various prepositions that may be, or must be, used with the verb. Function Key 4 (F4) is used to PRINT something of interest. It is avail- able within the User's Guide BROWSER (which is initially entered when you press the F1 key from any point within LinguaPro) and allows you to obtain a printout of any desired set of pages from the User's Guide -- from a single page to the entire manual. Within the VRF the F4 key will generate a report which gives the complete definition and conjugation for the verb selected. Within the C-A-T SCAN the F4 key will generate a report showing the complete results of the scan. Finally, when you have initially pressed the F1 key to see all available files, you have the option of pressing the F4 key to set key printer parameters. You should do this BEFORE doing any printing within LinguaPro. 1.5 Loading Data Files ------------------ The Loading Screen is the first LinguaPro screen to be displayed. You will be prompted for the name of a data file. You should type in the name of a file and press the ENTER key. For example, type LEVEL1 and press ENTER. You do not have to type the ".SPA" suffix. You may also use either upper- or lower-case when you specify a file to be loaded. If you do not know what to load then you may press the F1 key to see a complete list of all of the data files available for loading (with the SPA suffix omitted). If you press the F1 key again at this point then you will transfer to the User's Guide Browser where you can view (or print) this User's Guide. The files that you are loading at this point are referred to as Internal Files (or Working Files). These files are then available for Flashcarding. In addition, files of WORD-Class and SENTENCE-Class may be modified or extend- ed by using the ODF (On-Line Dictionary Facility). If you are loading WORD-Class or SENTENCE-Class files then you may load up to 6 such files (assuming you have enough available memory). The combined collection of files will then be flashcarded subject to any narrowing you may impose by selecting fewer than ALL available groups. Only ONE VERB-Class file may be loaded, however. When you have loaded all of the files that you wish, simply press the ENTER key to continue into the appropriate flashcarding facility. -18- 1.6 Flashcarding ------------ All three of the flashcarding facilities share a common set of commands and user interface. With all of them it is suggested that you employ the following study sequence (for English-speaking students). 1. Flashcard from Spanish to English using the HONOR System (use the E command to explicitly signal an error). 2. Flashcard from English to Spanish using the HONOR System. 3. Flashcard from English to Spanish using INTENSE Mode 2 (the II command). This is to ensure that you have mastered all spellings and accent mark placement. 4. Revert back to the HONOR System (e.g., INTENSE Mode 1). Finally, select a 50-50 mixture (see Mixture Control Commands) so that you are testing yourself from English to Spanish and from Spanish to English simultaneously (in a bilingual fashion). 1.6.1 Flashcarding of Vocabulary Files (WORD-Class): e.g., LEVEL1.SPA --------------------------------------------------------------- The supplied WORD-Class files are named LEVEL0.SPA, LEVEL1.SPA, ... LEVEL5.SPA. LEVEL1.SPA contains over 4,500 Spanish words and the total set encompasses about 19,000 words. In addition, LEVEL0.SPA contains a starter vocabulary of over 700 basic words and phrases. All of the LEVEL0 words are also contained within LEVEL1.SPA. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE: If you have the Shareware version of LinguaPro/SPANISH then you will only have the basic LEVEL0.SPA vocabulary file. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Additional examples of WORD-Class files are VOCAB1.SPA, ..., VOCAB20.SPA. These Specialized Vocabulary Files may be flashcarded just like the LEVEL files. The LinguaPro Flashcard Facility provides an efficient way for you to absorb large amounts of Spanish vocabulary. Any of the vocabulary files discussed above, or any combination of them (depending on the usable memory of your PC), can be specified. The Flashcard Facility allows you to work from Spanish to English or English to Spanish (or to choose a mixture of part English and part Spanish with specified ratios). The Flashcard Facility allows you to specify entire vocabulary files, or one or more "groups" of about 90-100 words each. No matter how many words are specified for flashcarding, however, LinguaPro will parcel out the chosen words in "clusters" of 30-35 words. Unless you override the program, the Flashcard Facility will not advance to the next "cluster" until you demon- strate a reasonable level of proficiency in the current cluster (use the A and F commands to learn how to override the automatic advance). -19- The Flashcard Facility keeps track of words that you have missed. LinguaPro will continue to drill you more intensively on these words even when you have moved on to a new "cluster" of words. Furthermore, if you save the file before exiting (using the X command), then the statistics will be avail- able on the next invocation of LinguaPro and you will continue to be drilled on the troublesome words. You may call up the C-A-T DISPLAY or C-A-T SCAN at any time to see your complete status. LinguaPro keeps track of every word or item that you have seen, in both the English to Spanish and Spanish to English directions, and whether you have missed the word or item or not (and in which direction). The Flashcard Facility allows you to KILL words that you no longer wish to be tested upon. Such words are automatically removed from the selected vocabulary file and are archived into a special vocabulary file with the name "KILLED.SPA". The KILLED file can be viewed as just another vocabulary file. If desired, you can load the KILLED file and use the Flashcard Facility to double-check that you, in fact, fully understand the words (see Appendix B.1). Words can also be moved back into the main vocabulary files if you determine that you have "killed" them prematurely. You should also be sure to read Section 1.6.4 to see how the KILL command functions during all three flash- carding modes. 1.6.2 Flashcarding of UNIT and SUNIT files (SENTENCE-Class files): e.g., UNIT1.SPA ------------------------------------------------------------------ When flashcarding one of the UNIT files, or one of the twelve SUNIT files (Registered Versions only), or a SENTENCE-Class file that you may have con- structed yourself, the overall principles will be identical to that described in the previous section devoted to WORD-Class files. However, because SENTENCEs contain many different parts of speech that will be drilled, you may wish to make more use of the ADVANCE (A) and FREEZE (F) commands to obtain explicit control over the depth to which the material is drilled before LinguaPro advances to the next cluster. When you have loaded a UNIT or SUNIT file you will have a couple of options. In the first place you may elect to drill upon the material in its natural order (in sequence). You should always select the sequential mode when you are first getting acquainted with a new lesson so that you can understand the flow of the material -- especially the dialogs and narratives. If you have selected a sequential presentation, then you will also have the option of suppressing the grammatical notes and cultural information that is displayed as the lesson progresses. Once you have totally familiarized yourself with this material then you may elect to suppress this material so that you can better focus on the flashcarding process. -20- If you have selected a sequential presentation, and if you have worked with the loaded file previously (and saved your statistics with the X command), then you will also get the so-called Bookmark Screen which will allow you to resume the lesson at the point that you left off in the previous session. The KILL command does not utilize the KILLED.SPA file as discussed in the previous section. Instead, a KILL merely "reduces" a sentence by deactiv- ating the highlighted part of the sentence. That word or phrase then becomes an INACTIVE part of the sentence that will no longer be highlighted and drilled. Such a KILL is called a "reduction kill" because the complexity of the sentence is reduced -- the entire sentence still remains within the file. If you "kill" the last remaining drillable item, however, then the ENTIRE sentence is purged. It DOES NOT go to the KILLED.SPA file, which accumulates only killed vocabulary items (words). See Section 1.6.4 for further informa- tion about the KILL command. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE: If you have the Shareware version of LinguaPro/SPANISH then you will only have the first 4 UNIT files (the Latin-American course). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1.6.3 Flashcarding of Verb Files (VERB-Class files): e.g., TVERB1.SPA --------------------------------------------------------------- Six VERB-Class files are provided with LinguaPro/SPANISH version 2.60. (Verb files 1 through 5 each contain 76 fully conjugated verbs or verb phrases while verb file 0 contains an introductory set of 5 verbs). These verb files are named: TVERB0.SPA, TVERB1.SPA TVERB2.SPA ... TVERB5.SPA ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE: If you have the Shareware version of LinguaPro/SPANISH then you will only have the introductory verb file, TVERB0.SPA. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ This set of files consists of 380 verbs and all supporting data needed to allow the synthesis of complete grammatical sentences. The order of presen- tation is similar to that encountered in most basic Spanish textbooks. In other words, irregular verbs are gradually introduced as you gain familiarity with the three regular conjugation patterns. Also, verbs involving direct and indirect object pronouns are introduced at a later stage, as are reflexive verbs. The purpose of the introductory verb file, TVERB0.SPA, is to acquaint you with the three basic Spanish verb conjugations, and with the two most important irregular verbs, "ser" and "estar". All of these verbs are also contained in the first complete verb file, TVERB1.SPA. In this series of VERB files, complete sentences are utilized so that you can learn the verb conjugations in a natural context. These sentences are totally synthesized, and they exercise the selected verbs in the tenses and persons that you specify. Additional vocabulary is provided within these generated sentences. -21- The Flashcard Facility for Verbs provides a flexible set of screens that allow you to specify the forms that you want to see. After loading the desired verb file, you must first select the Tense or Tenses desired (e.g., Present, Preterit, etc.). You will then select any desired subset of the 76 verbs or verb phrases contained in the verb file. You can then select the person or persons to be exercised. This gives the student of Latin-American Spanish the ability to dispense with the "vosotros" forms (used only in Spain). Finally, several additional options are provided. One of the most important of these is the ability to specify that you are a female. This will result in the generation of sentences and adjectival genders that reflect a female speaker. Also, once you are familiar with Spanish verb conjugation patterns and sentence structure, the option is provided here to suppress nonessential subject pronouns. Once the Flashcard Facility for Verb Forms has been configured, operation is similar to that of the Flashcard Facility for vocabulary items. You may test yourself from English to Spanish or Spanish to English (or use a mixture of forms). The "cluster" concept mentioned above applies here, too. Verb forms are presented in "clusters" of 30-35 forms and you are not advanced to the next cluster until your hit/miss ratio is acceptable (although you always have the option of forcing an advance to the next cluster, or of staying in the current cluster indefinitely). You may "kill" verb forms that you have totally mastered. Unlike vocab- ulary items, however, the verb forms are not moved out to the archival file but are simply suppressed. The "killed" verb forms may be reactivated at any time by saving the verb file with the XX command rather than the normal X command. This will also, of course, erase all knowledge contained in the file about which verb forms are giving you the most trouble. Please read Section 1.6.4 for further information about the functioning of the KILL (K) command within the various flashcarding modes. The Flashcard Facility for Verbs provides two different styles of verb presentation. The default style utilizes short phrases, or complete sen- tences, without any specific clues as to Tense, Mood, and Person. In this case you must decide upon the correct response just as in a speaking or a writing situation. In the second style of presentation, however, you will be prompted for a specific person, verb, and tense. Presentation modes may be switched back and forth by means of the S command. The normal presentation (sentence format) allows for both INTENSE modes 1 and 2 to be used either from English to Spanish or Spanish to English. The grammatical presentation, on the other hand, only supports INTENSE modes from English to Spanish. 1.6.4 The KILL (K) Command -------------------- In this section we will examine how this very important command works in each of the three flashcarding modes. In all cases the KILL command is used to suppress or eliminate a word, verb form, or a part of a sentence that you have totally mastered and no longer wish to be drilled upon. The KILL command is always activated by typing the letter "k" (or "K") and pressing the ENTER key. -22- In WORD-Class files like VOCAB1.SPA the KILL command causes the displayed word to be "moved" into a special file called KILLED.SPA. This file is created the first time you perform such a KILL command. The word will be marked with the symbol "k>>" to indicate that a kill has been performed for that item. Of course, this action is not actually consummated until you use the X command to EXIT normally from LinguaPro. The KILLED file will thus gradually grow in size as you master the primary vocabulary and KILL words that you have mastered. The words that have accumulated in the KILLED file may be drilled, or refer- enced, at any time. Please see Appendix B.1 to learn how to work with the KILLED file as though it were a standard vocabulary file. In SENTENCE-Class files (like UNIT1.SPA) the KILL command works in a two- stage fashion. As an example, consider a word like "la embajada" which occurs frequently in the first few lessons of the BASIC SPANISH COURSE. This word will often be highlighted and drilled within the various sentences of these units. After a while, however, you will have mastered this word and will no longer wish to be drilled on it -- especially if you have selected, say, INTENSE mode 2 which actually requires you to type in the missing word. In this case you should use the KILL (K) command to "turn off" that element of the sentence. This is called a REDUCTION Kill because you have reduced the complexity of the sentence's structure. The entire sentence still exists within the file, but that particular item is no longer "drillable". If you use the KILL (K) command in this way then the sentence will be marked with the symbol "r>>" to indicate a reduction. Again, these changes are only temporary until you actually exit LinguaPro with the X command (normal exit). The second stage of a KILL within a SENTENCE-Class file occurs if your action has reduced the sentence to the point that there is no longer any drillable material within it -- that is, the sentence has been "reduced" to the point that it is just a vocabulary item. In this case the KILL will be marked with the symbol "k>>" and the sentence will actually be PURGED -- it will NOT be moved to the KILLED.SPA file. The only way you can restore the various UNIT (and SUNIT) files back to their original state is to restore them from your installation floppies! In VERB-Class files the KILL command simply suppresses that particular verb form. Nothing is ever removed from a VERB-Class file (e.g., TVERB1.SPA) because they have a very specific internal structure that cannot be changed. At any time you may reactivate the verb form by using the XX command to exit LinguaPro. This command not only resets all error counters (and thus throws out all knowledge that LinguaPro has of which verb forms are giving you trouble), but also reactivates any verb forms that have been suppressed via the KILL command. Again, the KILLED.SPA file is used only for Word-Class files -- not for SENTENCE-Class or VERB-Class files. -23- 1.7 On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) ---------------------------------- The On-Line Dictionary Facility utilizes the WORD-Class (or SENTENCE- Class) data files that have been loaded for flashcarding. The ODF will search for words among any of the loaded data files (e.g., LEVEL1.SPA,...). Remember that the files that are actually loaded are known as Internal (or Working) Files. In addition, you can request that up to 10 External Files (ones not explicitly loaded) be searched as well. The KILLED file may be included in such searches. In this way you will start off with a fast on-line dictionary that contains over 19,000 Spanish words. This is an excellent basis for serious reading. In the ODF you can quickly look up words either from English to Spanish or Spanish to English simply by typing the first few letters of the word. If the word is not currently in any of the Internal Files, you may easily add the new word so that it is available for future lookups. You can quickly add accent marks by typing the basic letter (a,e,i,o,u,n) and then holding down the ALT key while pressing the "a" or "A" key. You can create an unlimited number of new vocabulary files in addition to the supplied files. This will permit you to build up specialized vocabulary sets (e.g., medical terminology), or to enter the vocabulary presented in a particular textbook on a lesson-by-lesson basis. Thus, if you are taking a Spanish course, or simply working independently in a textbook, you can add the words and exact definitions to a vocabulary file and use this new file for memorization and review as you progress through the course. To speed up this process you may find it convenient to employ the COPY (C) command within the ODF which will copy a word and its definition into a file of your choice. All data files constructed or maintained by the ODF are usable for "flashcarding". 1.8 VERB Reference Facility (VRF) ----------------------------- Version 2.60c of LinguaPro/SPANISH supplies a reference capability which gives the complete definitions, and the full conjugation patterns, of over 9000 Spanish verbs. This VERB Reference Facility may be entered either from the Flashcard Facility, or from the On-Line Dictionary Facility. The access to the VRF is accomplished by means of the V command. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE: If you have the Shareware version of LinguaPro/SPANISH then the SPANISH.VRB file supplied only contains the definitions and conjugations for 138 of the most common Spanish verbs. The 9,256 verb file requires over 360K bytes of disk space. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -24- 1.9 Saving Data Files ----------------- The normal exit from LinguaPro/SPANISH is accomplished by the X command. This command will write the Internal Files back to disk, including any statis- tical information gathered during the session, that is, knowledge of which words you have missed, which words you have viewed, and so forth. This infor- mation must be saved if you wish to benefit from the C-A-T SCAN feature. In the case of lesson files like UNIT1.SPA (SENTENCE-Class), LinguaPro will also save your current position so that you have the option of continuing from the same point in subsequent session. If you exit from LinguaPro by using the ESC key, then none of the above information will be saved. If you use the ESC key, LinguaPro will warn you with a Caution or a Warning Screen to prevent you from losing valuable data by accident. If you want to reset all error and viewing statistics then you may use the XX command which will zero all internally-maintained counters. As discussed earlier, the XX command will also reactivate any verb forms that have been "killed" via the KILL (K) command. Use of the normal exit will also ensure that your key session parameters (SOUND vs. NOSOUND, Spanish vs. English on the left, Normal mode vs. Intense mode 1 or 2) are preserved for your next session. Again, in the case of lesson-type files (e.g., UNIT1.SPA), LinguaPro will remember where you were in the lesson. 1.10 SOUND ----- In addition to a 'beep' tone if an error message is generated, LinguaPro utilizes 5 sound patterns (within the Flashcard Facility) to signal the following conditions: a. You have typed the E command to signal that you have missed a word (a high-low pair of notes). You will see a "e>>" marker next to the word. b. You have typed the K command to signal that the word is to 'killed' (4 note funeral dirge). You will see a "k>>" marker next to the word or the sentence. c. You have typed the K command within a SENTENCE-Class file and that particular part of the sentence has been subjected to a REDUCTION KILL. You will hear a low-high-low triple of notes and you will see a "r>>" marker next to the sentence. d. A low-high pair of notes provides an audible signal that the word just presented on the screen is one that has been giving trouble (has a non-zero error count). e. A 6-note flourish indicates that the program has advanced you to the next cluster of words. NOTE: The sound patterns can be turned off (or on again) by use of the Z command. The default is for sound to be enabled. If you disable it with the Z command then the Flashcard screen will show "NOSOUND" in green lettering at the top of the screen. This setting will be preserved for your next session if you exit normally (via the X or XX command). -25- 1.11 Performance Optimization ------------------------ The tuning of performance really only becomes an issue with the On-Line Dictionary Facility. When doing lookups of specific words out of tens of thousands, it is important that as many of the vocabulary files AS POSSIBLE be loaded as Internal (Working) Files. Lookups are an order of magnitude faster on Internal Files than on External Files. Once you have loaded all possible Internal Files (e.g., LEVEL1.SPA and LEVEL2.SPA), you can assign the remaining files as External Files (using the EF command in the ODF). Because Internal Files are stored in memory (in the first 640K) it is also a good idea to give LinguaPro the largest possible amount of memory. You may want to exit Windows totally and run LinguaPro as a pure DOS program rather than putting LinguaPro on the Windows desktop as an icon and dispatching it from there. You might alwo want to avoid loading unnecessary TSRs (resident programs), e.g., you don't need a Mouse Driver for LinguaPro. If you are accessing External Files then you will benefit greatly from using a Disk Cache program like SMARTDRV. If you have enough Extended Memory to support a Disk Cache of 512K, or 1 meg or so, then you will eliminate ALL I/O when searching External Files, and Dictionary searches will be very fast. Caching will also substantially speed up file loading and saving operations. Also, the performance of the disk cache program will be far greater if you have actually shut Windows down. When Windows is running it generally steals most of the available extended memory from the cache program. 1.12 Default Values -------------- LinguaPro will generally preserve key settings and preferences that you have selected during a session and will use them to start your next session with the same values. This will usually only occur, however, if you exit from LinguaPro via the X (or XX) command, which also preserves all viewing and error statistics for the loaded files. The following settings are preserved (not counting the Tense, Verb, Person, and Option settings that are always maintained for Verb-Class Files): a. SOUND vs. NOSOUND (as set by the Z command) b. SPANISH/ENGLISH MIXTURE (e.g., Spanish on the left or English on the left) c. NORMAL mode vs. INTENSE Modes (Normal, INTENSE mode 1 or 2) d. POSITION INFORMATION (SENTENCE-Class files only) -26- 1.13 C-A-T Summary, C-A-T DISPLAY, and C-A-T SCAN -------------------------------------------- This unique feature of LinguaPro guarantees that you can master ALL of the supplied material. You can always be sure that you have mastered one lesson (or verb or vocabulary) file before going on to the next. The C stands for "Coverage" and shows you how much of the material that you have SEEN. The A stands for "Accuracy" and shows you how much of the covered material that you have SEEN without a signalled error. Finally, the T stands for "Total Mastery" and shows you how much of the total material you have SEEN without a signalled error. All of these parameters are main- tained as percentages. When all three percentages go to 100% then you have mastered the material. Note, however, that these three values are maintained for both the English to Spanish and the Spanish to English direction. You should master the material in BOTH directions before going on to new material. The C-A-T Summary is continuously shown at the top of the screen while you are flashcarding. You will notice that the A value (ACCURACY) drops every time that you signal an error. If you have loaded more than one file, e.g., several UNIT files simultaneously, then these values represent the aggregate scores for all files taken together. The C-A-T DISPLAY is obtained from within the Flashcarding Facility, or the ODF, by first pressing the F3 key to obtain a Summary of all loaded files (the File Assignment Screen). If you press the F3 key again then the C-A-T DISPLAY is shown. This will be the same as the C-A-T Summary if you have loaded only one file, but if you have loaded several then you will see an independent breakdown for each loaded file. The C-A-T SCAN is only accessible from the File Loading Screen (the first screen that you see when you activate LinguaPro). To get it, first press the F1 key to see the listing of all files available for loading, and then press the F3 key to obtain the SCAN. You may automatically scan ALL available files, or you may select a specific "class" of files by, for example, typing UNIT or TVERB to see how you are doing on those particular files. Please consult Appendix A for the detailed format and interpretation of the C-A-T SCAN. -27- 1.14 Printing -- User's Guide, C-A-T SCAN, Verb definitions and conjugations ----------------------------------------------------------------------- The F4 key may be used in several areas of LinguaPro to obtain printouts of information of interest: 1) Printouts of the User's Guide (all or portions) 2) Printouts of C-A-T SCAN results 3) Printouts of Verb definitions and conjugations Before using these features you should do the following: First, read your printer's manual to find out how to set different printer fonts by using its control panel. Not all printers provide a choice of internal fonts, but check your manual to find out. You should select a 10 point font so that LinguaPro can print MORE than 80 columns on the page. This is desirable so that a left-hand margin can be set aside to allow you to punch holes in the output for inclusion in a binder. The normal 12 point fonts will generally allow only 80 columns on most printers. Also, your printer may provide several choices of character sets, e.g., Roman-8. You should pick a character set that provides "accented" characters. Since you will be printing Spanish words on your printer the character set that you pick should support accented letters. You should experiment a bit until you find the proper character set at the proper point size. Second, you must configure LinguaPro so that it knows which port your printer is connected to, and how much left-hand margin you would like to set aside. To do this enter LinguaPro (type LP) and then press the F1 key. You will then see a screen that shows you all files that are available for loading, i.e., that have the SPA suffix. At this screen you will see that the F4 key may be used to specify "Printer Setup". Press the F4 key and then respond to the following two questions: Please specify your printer port: LPT1 (LPT1, LPT2, or LPT3) Your printer is probably connected to the first parallel port (LPT1) so that you should just press the ENTER key to accept this choice. You will then be asked how much left-hand side margin you would like to reserve whenever LinguaPro prints to your printer: Please specify desired lefthand margin: 0 (0 - 15) -28- If you specify a margin of 0 then you will not have any margin. The printout will begin at the extreme left side of the page. If you have not been able to select a printer font of 10 point size, then you may have to leave this setting at 0 so that the printout will fit on the page. Otherwise, specify a a value of up to 15 characters for a margin. Normally a value of 9 will leave a nice left-hand margin that gives you room to punch holes and insert the printouts in a 3-ring binder. You should experiment with this setting until you have determined the ideal margin. Once the margin is set you will never have to adjust this setting again. In order to print out your User's Guide (or excerpts), go into the User's Guide Browser by pressing the F1 key at any point within LinguaPro. Then press the F4 key to specify that you wish to print. You will be prompted for a starting page number, and then an ending page number. In this way you can print the User's Guide in reasonable-size chunks and if your printer jams midway, you can continue printing from that point. Please see Section 1.13 to see how to obtain C-A-T Scans. Whenever you have requested a C-A-T SCAN you can use the F4 key to obtain a printout summarizing your mastery of the various LinguaPro files. Finally, if you are within the Verb Reference Facility (VRF), which is activated by using the V command within the Flashcarding facility, then you can use the F4 key to make a printout of the currently selected verb. This one-page printout will give you the complete definition and conjugation for that verb. You should collect these printouts for the verbs that you wish to focus your attention on, insert them in a binder, and review them whenever you are away from your PC. II. LOADING DATA FILES When LinguaPro is activated it will request the name of a Data File as in Figure 1. At this point you have 4 choices: 1. Specify an existing Data file (WORD-Class) such as LEVEL1.SPA, VOCAB1.SPA, or VRBINDEX.SPA, or a data file that you have previously created. You may load up to 6 such files simultaneously depending on memory availability. 2. Specify one of the supplied lesson files (UNIT1, UNIT2, SUNIT1...), or a SENTENCE-Class file that you have previously created. You may load up to 6 such files simultaneously depending on memory availability. Thus, you may load the first 6 lessons simultaneously (e.g., UNIT1.SPA - UNIT6.SPA, or SUNIT1.SPA - SUNIT6.SPA) if you want to review the entire set of lessons as a single group. 3. Specify a VERB-Class file such as TVERB1.SPA. Unlike WORD-Class and SENTENCE-Class files, only one VERB-Class file may be loaded at a time. 4. Specify a nonexistent file name such as MEDICAL.SPA. -29- In this last case you will be informed that the file does not exist and you will be asked if it should be created. If you specify Y to signal an affirmative response, then LinguaPro will then ask you if it is to be a SENTENCE-Class file, i.e., sentences with bracketed parts of speech that are to be separately drillable. You should answer N to this question if you wish to construct pure vocabulary files. If you do intend to create a SENTENCE- Class file then be sure that you have first read Appendix B.3, and that you study some of the existing files (such as UNIT1.SPA) by examining it via the ODF. Once you have responded to this YES/NO question, LinguaPro will auto- matically position you in the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) and prompt you for the new Spanish word and its defininition, or for the Spanish sentence and corresponding English sentence. In this way you may construct a new data file from scratch. If you don't know what you want to load, then you may press Function Key 1 (F1) to obtain a display of all available files. If you press the F1 key while this screen is being displayed, then LinguaPro will place you in the User's Guide Browser which makes this entire User's Guide accessible to you on-line, and even allows you to obtain printouts of any desired range of pages. Note: You do not need to type the SPA suffix when you are entering a file name. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c - The Professional Language Assistant Copyright (c) 1992-5, Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. All Rights Reserved. (press ESC to EXIT) Which Data File do you want to Load? (press F1 for HELP) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 1. File Loading Screen 2.1 Loading Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files ------------------------------------- If a Vocabulary file is specified, LinguaPro will then accept a total of up to 6 such file names. All files will then be available for flashcard drilling, or for the On-Line Dictionary (ODF). Loaded files will be marked with the letters A, B, C, D, E, and F, respectively. All files loaded in this manner are referred to as WORKING (or Internal) files to distinguish them from various EXTERNAL files (such as KILLED.SPA). If you need help with inputting a vocabulary file name you may press the F1 key to obtain help. The help display will show you all files in your current directory with the suffix .SPA. -30- Figure 2 shows the LinguaPro Loading Screen after the Vocabulary file LEVEL1.SPA has been loaded. Notice that 4,473 mainline entries (words) have been loaded. Version 2.60 limits you to 5,000 entries of loaded (Internal) files. It can also be seen in Figure 2 (line 3) that the %Full indicators indicators are 89.5% and 43.5%. The first figure means that LinguaPro has utilized 90% of its maximum of 5,000 mainline entries (i.e., 4473 is 90% of 5,000). The second figure means that the TEXT size is 44% of the maximum. Notice that the "starting" text size was 265904 bytes. This is all the memory that LinguaPro has available for file loading once it itself has been loaded into memory. The file LEVEL1.SPA required 115539 bytes for loading and only left 150365. The %Full value of 43.5% reflects the fact that 115539 is about 44% of 265904. As a result of these figures, it is not possible to also load the second vocabulary file LEVEL2.SPA. Instead, you should employ the Flash- card Facility to drill on LEVEL1. You should then use the KILL command to remove enough of the simplest words so that LEVEL2 (and then LEVEL3, 4, 5) can be loaded. For reference purposes, the On-Line Dictionary Facility will let you assign the unloaded files as External Files. This will cause them to be automatically searched for you when you are attempting to look up a word. This is described further in Appendix B.2. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: LEVEL1.SPA Loaded: 4473 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: (89.5,43.5) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 (press ESC to EXIT) Which Data File do you want to Load? (press F1 for HELP) Press ENTER key if you have loaded all desired files FILE LOADING SUMMARY -- WORD-Class Files ID File Name #Entries #Drill Items Text Size Avail. Text Space start >265904 A LEVEL1.SPA 4473 4473 115539 150365 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 2. File Loading Screen (1 File Loaded) -31- When all desired vocabulary files have been loaded (one in this case), you should then simply press the ENTER key. This will cause LinguaPro to advance to the Group Selection Screen shown in Figure 3. The purpose of this screen is to constrain the number of words that will be drilled in the Flashcard Facility. If you press ENTER (or type 'ALL' and press ENTER), all 4473 word entries will be utilized. This is still subject, however, to the clustering logic which will present the words to you in clusters of 30-55 words. Alternatively, you may, for example, select group 1. This will select 102 words out of the total set of 4473. The words will be chosen at random from the full set, and will be presented to you in a random order. However, every time that you select group 1, the same set of 102 word entries will be used. This permits you to select group 1 for practice on Monday, select group 2 for practice on Tuesday, select groups 1 and 2 for reinforcement practice on Wednesday, and so forth. In this way the entire contents of LEVEL1.SPA may be learned in a short time, and as you learn the words (and KILL them), the size of the LEVEL1.SPA file will decrease (as the size of the KILLED.SPA file increases). This will ultimately permit you to load all of the higher-level files (LEVEL2, 3, 4, and 5) simultaneously. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: LEVEL1.SPA Loaded: 4473 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: (89.5,43.5) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 4473 Words have been loaded. These will be divided into 44 groups of about 102 each. Specify Group or Groups Desired (press F1 for HELP): You may use the Group Selection feature to limit the amount of material that will be presented to you. Just press the ENTER key to select all of the words. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 3. Group Selection Screen 2.2 Loading UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files --------------------------------------------- If a UNIT or SUNIT file (SENTENCE-Class) is specified, LinguaPro will then accept a total of up to 6 such file names. All files will then be avail- able for flashcard drilling or for the On-Line Dictionary (ODF). Loaded files will be marked with the letters A, B, C, D, E, and F, respectively. All files loaded in this manner are referred to as WORKING (or Internal) files to dis- tinguish them from various EXTERNAL files (such as KILLED.SPA). The SUNIT files are used in a manner identical to that employed for the UNIT files. The UNIT files, however, are used to illustrate the procedures involved with working with SENTENCE-Class files. You will normally load and drill UNIT1 first. Then you should load UNIT2, then UNIT3, etc. If you have sufficient memory, however, you can load all of the first 6 UNIT files simultaneously. This will permit a review of the total set in a single session. -32- The BASE Registered Version of LinguaPro/SPANISH contains 18 UNIT files (all of SENTENCE-Class). The INTERMEDIATE Registered Version contains units 19 through 35 in addition. Alternatively, you can start with the BASE Registered Version and obtain the additional 17 units at a later date as Expansion Set #1. The remaining 20 UNITS will be available in the second quarter of 1995 as Expansion Set #2. Information about the availability of upgrades and expansion sets will be mailed to all registered owners of LinguaPro/SPANISH. The UNIT files represent a computerized adaption of the BASIC SPANISH COURSE developed by the Foreign Service Institute. This course is an excellent one. It was designed to be taught to groups of no more than 6 persons under the tutelage of a single instructor. The Foreign Service Institute course is subdivided as follows: Volume 1 (Units 1 - 15) 1961 Robert P. Stockwell 15 audiocassettes J. Donald Bowen Title # LK004101 tapes only Ismael Silva-Fuenzalida Title # LK010147 Text + tapes Volume 2 (Units 16 - 30) 1961 (same authors) 21 audiocassettes Title # LK004103 tapes only Title # LK008909 Text + tapes Volume 3 (Units 31 - 45) 1959 Robert P. Stockwell 16 audiocassettes J. Donald Bowen Title # LK004105 tapes only Guillermo Segreda Title # LK008115 Text + tapes Hugo Montero U. Ismael Silva-Fuenzalida Volume 4 (Units 46 - 55) 1962 B. David Trease 18 audiocassettes Jack L. Ulsh Title # LK004107 tapes only Title # LK008416 Text + tapes The complete Table of Contents for this course is contained in Appendix J beginning on page 153. Note: all audiocassettes use a Latin-American pronunciation (rather than Castilian). -33- The SUNIT files represent a computerized adaptation of the Spanish HEAD- START for Spain course developed by the U.S. Defense Language Institute. This course is composed of a single manual and set of tapes. Within the manual the twelve units are grouped into 4 Modules. Information on this course is as follows: Volume 1 (Units 1 - 12) 1984 7 audiocassettes Title # LKA11991 Text + tapes (Complete course) Note: all audiocassettes use a Castilian pronunciation. These course materials may be ordered directly from the National Audiovisual Center, which is the official distribution organization for language materials developed by the Foreign Service Institute and the Defense Language Institute, both U.S. governmental organizations. The address and toll-free telephone number of the National AudioVisual Center is: The National AudioVisual Center 1-800-788-6282 (Orders only) 8700 Edgeworth Drive MC and VISA Capitol Heights, MD 20743-3701 The first two volumes of the Latin-American course (units 1-15 and 16-30) are also repackaged and sold by several commercial publishers. These are often sold in in bookstores. Look for a course mentioning any of the follow- ing: 1) Foreign Service Institute 2) the "diplomatic course" 3) the Department of State language course The LinguaPro approach to implementing these courses helps make up for the lack of an instructor. Neither of these courses are in themselves ideal for independent study. However, the interactive flashcarding approach utilized by LinguaPro helps keep the student's motivational level high, and ensures an effective degree of repetition and drill. Also, the C-A-T SCAN feature (see Section 1.13 and Appendix A) will allow you to track your progress and pinpoint areas needing further study. Figure 4 shows you what the File Loading Screen looks like after you have specified UNIT4. Notice that the %Full indicators are 3.3% and 13.6% so that there is plenty of room to load additional UNIT files if desired. In this case we see that UNIT4 contains 357 entries (sentences) that represent over 1,000 drillable items (parts of speech). Since this is the only file that we wish to load at this point we will press the ENTER key to conclude the loading process. -34- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: UNIT4.SPA Loaded: 357 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: ( 3.3,13.6) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 (press ESC to EXIT) Which Data File do you want to Load? (press F1 for HELP) Press ENTER key if you have loaded all desired files FILE LOADING SUMMARY -- SENTENCE-Class Files ID File Name #Entries #Drill Items Text Size Avail. Text Space start >175376 A UNIT4.SPA 357 1002 23770 151606 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 4. File Loading Screen Figure 5 shows the first screen that comes up after you have finished loading one or more lesson-type files, e.g., UNIT4.SPA. Since lessons will generally follow a sequential approach: (1) introducing several words and then the sentences using them; (2) presenting a question followed by the desired response, etc., it is recommended that you ALWAYS answer yes (Y) to this question. Since this is the default you just have to press the ENTER key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: UNIT4.SPA Loaded: 357 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: ( 3.3,13.6) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 Do you wish the Materials to be introduced in Order? (Y/N): Y (press F1 for HELP) You should select an ordered presentation of lesson material (the default) when gaining initial familiarity with a lesson. This is advisable since sen- tences are often presented in a dialog form involving a question and a response. Just press the ENTER key to continue. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 5. Order Selection Screen -35- Once you have drilled on a lesson long enough to know the general flow, then you may select no (N). In this case the order of presentation will be totally randomized. Remember that even the ordered presentation will switch to a random mode once the entire material has been displayed one complete time. The ordering option, therefore, is only for the initial introduction of the material at the beginning of a session. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: UNIT4.SPA Loaded: 357 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: ( 3.3,13.6) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 Do you wish to view the Notes and Grammatical Info? (Y/N): Y (press F1 for HELP) Since you have selected an ordered presentation of the lesson material the notes and grammatical information contained in the lesson will be displayed to you. If you feel that you have mastered this information, and wish to avoid these interspersed displays, you may select N (NO) at this prompt. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 6. Notes and Grammatical Info Selection Screen If you select the ordered presentation of material (answering Y to the ordered presentation prompt of Figure 5) then you will next see the screen shown in Figure 6. This screen WILL NOT APPEAR if you had selected no (N) to the ordered presentation prompt. When you have selected an ordered presen- tation then LinguaPro will display to you all notes and other information that is contained in the lesson, that is, grammar, terminology, cultural informa- tion, idioms, etc. You should always enable this option by typing yes (Y), or just pressing the ENTER key, until you have mastered the material. Once you have reached that state then you may elect to answer no (N) to the Notes and Grammatical Info prompt to cause this material to be suppressed. The .NOT files are only referenced if you answer yes (Y) to this prompt. If you have specified an ordered presentation of the lesson material, and if you have loaded only one file, and if you have worked with the file previously (and exited normally with the X command), then you will next see the Bookmark Screen as shown in Figure 7. If you press the ENTER key, thus indicating a Y response, then you will begin this session at the point that you left off in the previous session. This features makes it easy for you to attain total mastery of a lesson. -36- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: UNIT4.SPA Loaded: 357 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: ( 3.3,13.6) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 You have worked with this file before. Do you wish to start where you left off previously? (Y/N): Y (Press F1 for HELP) Since you had previously worked with this file, LinguaPro remembered how far you had gotten in your last session. If you would like to continue from that point then simply press the ENTER key to register your "Y" response. If you type "N" (or anything else), you will be started back at the beginning. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 7. Bookmark Screen Once you pass this screen you will enter the Flashcard Facility for UNIT (SENTENCE-Class) files. See Section IV to learn how to utilize the flashcard machinery to absorb a lesson in a short amount of time. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE: The SENTENCE-Class machinery provided by LinguaPro/SPANISH can be used to construct new lesson-type files that match any given textbook that you may be using. The procedure for creating SENTENCE-Class files is documented in Appendix B.3. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2.3 Loading VERB (VERB-Class) Files ------------------------------- If a Verb file is specified, then you are limited to exactly one file. Also, when VERB files have been loaded, you only have access to the Flashcard Facility and to the Verb Reference Facility (the ODF is not accessible if verb files are loaded). If a verb file is loaded into LinguaPro, you will be presented with a different set of selection screens that will define the precise verb forms to be exercised. In the following example you have loaded the file TVERB1.SPA. Figure 8 shows the VERB Tense Selection Menu that first appears. If this is the first time that you have loaded this particular verb file then the Present Tense menu entry will be prefixed by an asterisk (*). This means that if you simply accept this screen then only the Present Tense will be exercised. You can alter the selections in two different ways. In the first place, pressing the ESC key once will reset all asterisks to blanks (pressing the ESC key a second time will take you back to the File Loading Screen). Once the screen has been cleared, you may select particular tenses by typing a number and pressing the ENTER key, e.g., 4 ENTER, or specifying a range of tenses, e.g., 1-4 ENTER. HELP is available at any point of these prologue screens by means of the F1 key. You will enter the User's Guide Browser and will be shown the pertinent information contained in the Quick Start information of Appendix F. -37- If a menu item is selected that already has an asterisk, then the asterisk is cleared. In other words, the VERB Tense Selection Menu "toggles" the selected items. Thus, rather than press the ESC key to clear the menu totally, you could have typed 1 ENTER to clear the Present Tense line. Be aware of the fact that if you have cleared ALL items, that is, there are no asterisks at all, then LinguaPro assumes that you actually want ALL items! LinguaPro saves your desired VERB configuration in a file with an SPC suffix (for Spanish). In this case the file name will be TVERB1.SPC. On subsequent reloads of this same verb file, LinguaPro will initially default to the same tense selection that you previously chose for this set of verbs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 Specify Range of Tenses to Enable/Disable (press F1 for HELP): 0 -> Participles (Presente/Pasado Participio) * 1 -> Present (Presente de Indicativo) 2 -> Imperfect (Past II) (Imperfecto de Indicativo) 3 -> Preterite (Past I) (Pretérito) 4 -> Future (Futuro) 5 -> Conditional (Potencial Simple) 6 -> Present Subjunctive (Presente de Subjuntivo) 7 -> Past Subjunctive (Imperfecto de Subjuntivo) 8 -> Imperative (Imperativo) 9 -> Present Perfect (Perfecto de Indicativo) 10 -> Past Perfect/Pluperfect (Pluscuamperfecto de Indicativo) 11 -> Preterit Perfect (Pretérito Anterior) <<formal writing>> 12 -> Future Perfect (Futuro Perfecto) 13 -> Conditional Perfect (Potencial Compuesto) 14 -> Present Perfect Subj. (Perfecto de Subjuntivo) 15 -> Past Perfect Subj. (Pluscuamperfecto de Subjuntivo) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 8. VERB Tense Selection Menu -38- Once you have completed the VERB Tense selection process by pressing just the ENTER key, the VERB Selection Menu (Figure 9) will appear. LinguaPro Release 2.60 limits the maximum size of a verb file to 76 fully conjugated verbs. The verbs contained within the selected verb file (in this case TVERB1.SPA) will be shown in four columns of 19 verbs each. Again, since this is the first time that this verb file has been loaded, all verbs will be marked with an asterisk to indicate that they have been selected. The same options exist for modifying the VERB Selection Menu that were available on the VERB Tense Selection Menu. You can press the ESC key once to clear all asterisks and then type explicit item numbers (or ranges of numbers) to "turn on" desired verbs. Note that pressing the ESC key a second time (when all items are already cleared) will cause control to be transferred back to the Verb Tense Selection Menu. Alternatively, the "toggling" feature can be used by typing in the number of undesired verbs to turn them off! Once the desired slate of verbs has been established, you should press the ENTER key a final time to advance to the next selection menu, the Person Selection Menu. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 Specify Range of Verbs to Enable/Disable (press F1 for HELP): * 1 acompañar *20 decir (1) *39 hablar *58 saludar * 2 aprender *21 decir (2) *40 invitar (1) *59 ser (1) * 3 arreglar (1) *22 decir (3) *41 invitar (2) *60 ser (2) * 4 arreglar (2) *23 decir (4) *42 ir (1) *61 ser (3) * 5 ayudar (1) *24 desear *43 ir (2) *62 tener (1) * 6 ayudar (2) *25 doler (1) *44 ir (3) *63 tener (2) * 7 bailar *26 doler (2) *45 llamar *64 tener (3) * 8 buscar *27 empezar *46 llegar *65 tener (4) * 9 cantar *28 enseñar (1) *47 llevar (1) *66 terminar *10 cenar *29 enseñar (2) *48 llevar (2) *67 tocar *11 cerrar (1) *30 enseñar (3) *49 llevar (3) *68 tomar (1) *12 cerrar (2) *31 entrar *50 mirar (1) *69 tomar (2) *13 comer *32 escribir *51 mirar (2) *70 tomar (3) *14 comprar *33 escuchar (1) *52 necesitar *71 trabajar *15 conocer *34 escuchar (2) *53 poder *72 traer *16 creer *35 estar (1) *54 preparar *73 vender *17 cuidar (1) *36 estar (2) *55 querer *74 ver *18 cuidar (2) *37 estudiar *56 repasar *75 vivir *19 dar *38 gustar *57 saber *76 volver ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 9. VERB Selection Menu -39- The Person Selection Menu works analogously to the preceding two menus. Again, whatever options you selected will be saved in a file named TVERB1.SPC and will be used to set the initial defaults for your next LinguaPro session. For example, turning off item 2 will disable the 'tú' forms of verbs. Similarly, turning off item 5 will disable the 'vosotros' forms (used mostly in Spain). Items 3 and 6, of course, will generate the formal 'usted' and 'ustedes' forms in addition to the usual 3rd person forms. IMPORTANT NOTE: If you disable the "vosotros" verb forms then you will not be able to achieve a 100% level in the C-A-T SCAN. In order to achieve 100% figures you must have enabled ALL tenses, ALL verbs, and ALL persons! Even if you desire to learn only the Latin-American variety of Spanish, you should nonetheless acquire a thorough familiarity with the "vosotros" forms -- you will encounter these forms from time to time. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 Specify Range of Persons to Enable/Disable (press F1 for HELP): *1 -> yo *2 -> tú *3 -> él/ella/usted *4 -> nosotros/nosotras 5 -> vosotros/vosotras (SPAIN) *6 -> ellos/ellas/ustedes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 10. Person Selection Menu After completing the Person Selection Menu you will be confronted with the Option Selection Menu shown in Figure 11. Option 1, if set, will indi- cate that you are a female. This will result in the generation of adjectives with the proper gender as well as permitting the occurrence of occasional 'nosotras' subject pronouns. The second option suppresses the generation of non-pronoun subjects like 'el hombre', 'Paula y yo', etc. The third option causes the suppression of unnecessary subject pronouns. Since the subject of a Spanish verb (at least in the 1st and 2nd persons) is quite clear from the ending of the verb, it is common for these pronouns to be omitted in normal conversation. Exceptions are the Usted and Ustedes pronouns which are generally always utilized. Option 3 will suppress the normal subject pronouns, but retain the Usted and Ustedes forms and any other 3rd person pronouns needed for clarity. Option 4 allows you to select a desired form for the Past Subjunctive (the 'ara' form is used as the default). Finally, option 5 causes LinguaPro to generate the 'le' form for a direct object pronoun if the recipient is a male human being. This practice (Leísmo) is quite common in Spain, but not encountered in Latin America where the 'lo' form is standard. -40- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 0 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 Specify Range of Options to Enable/Disable (press F1 for HELP): 1 -> Female Speaker (yo) 2 -> Suppress non-pronoun subjects (e.g., José y yo) 3 -> Suppress optional subject personal pronouns 4 -> -se (Imperfect Subjunctive: -ase/-iese) 5 -> le (Male Direct Object Pronoun) (SPAIN) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 11. Option Selection Menu When you have finished setting any desired options, a final ENTER key will cause LinguaPro to take you to the Flashcard Facility for Verbs. Unlike the Vocabulary Flashcard facility, the VERB Flashcard Facility does not currently permit entry to the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). It does allow access, however, to the Verb Reference Facility by use of the V command. III. THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VOCABULARY (WORD-CLASS) FILES 3.1 Clustering, Command Input, and Screen layout -------------------------------------------- In Figure 12 we can see an example of the Flashcard Facility for Vocabu- lary. In this case all words were selected from LEVEL1.SPA so it can be seen at the top of the screen that 4,473 entries have been loaded, and that 4,473 entries have been selected. The VIEW counters keep track of how many words you have viewed in English and in Spanish -- in the current session. In this case the words are 100% Spanish to English so that all words appearing on the left-hand side of the screen are Spanish words. You can see that in this session you have SEEN 2614 words in the Spanish to English direction. The C, A, and T figures form what is called the C-A-T Summary. Notice that you have SEEN 45% of the material in the Spanish to English direction -- as a result of ALL sessions. However, your accuracy level is only 91% so that about 9% of this material has been missed one or more times. As a result your Total Mastery (T) figure is only 42% (the product of 45% and 91%). This means that only 42% of the material has been MASTERED in the Spanish to English direction! See Section 1.13 and Appendix A for further information about the C-A-T concept and the associated C-A-T Summary, Display, and SCAN. Another feature that is evident in Figure 12 is the clustering logic. You can see that you are in Cluster 57 (which contains 35 distinct word entries), that the cluster is 91% complete (because about 32 words have been displayed thus far), and that you have thus far missed 3 of the words (3 Cluster Errors). LinguaPro will not advance to Cluster #58 (the next 35 word set) until the number of cluster errors is about 5 or less (unless you use the A command to force an Advance). The advance to the next cluster is accompan- ied by a 6-note melody. This may be suppressed by means of the Z command. -41- Notice that the words are being presented in a totally random order. This would also be the case if you had specified only one, or several groups on the Group Selection Screen. The Flashcard Facility is designed around use of the ENTER key and a set of one- or two-letter commands. The ENTER key will cause the display of the definition for the word currently on the left-hand side. If you have correctly guessed the definition then you may press the ENTER key again to bring up the next word. If you have missed the word, however, then you should use the E (error) command to mark the word as a problem word. This is known as the "HONOR System". INTENSE Mode 1 (the I command) also continues to employ the Honor System. INTENSE Mode 1 is the default when you first enter the vocabulary flashcarding system and you may exit from this mode by pressing the ESC key. In Figure 12 you have exited from INTENSE mode 1 and are drilling vocabulary in the normal mode. You can see that the three words missed thus far in this cluster are marked with the symbol "e>>" on the left-hand side of the screen. In INTENSE Mode 2 of the Flashcard Facility, however, you must actually TYPE the correct word, including accent marks. In this case your errors are flagged automatically by LinguaPro. All incorrect letters of your typed input will be shown corrected in red so that you can clearly see where you made your mistakes. Your selection of normal mode, INTENSE mode 1, or INTENSE mode 2, will be saved and used to set your initial defaults on your next session if you exit normally from LinguaPro (via the X or XX commands). -42- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English File: LEVEL1.SPA Loaded: 4473 (ENG) Viewed: 2014 C: 45.0 A: 80.0 T: 36.0 %Full: (89.5,43.5) Selected: 4473 (SPA) Viewed: 0 C: .0 A: .0 T: .0 Clust#: 57; 35 items; #Clust Errs: 3; %Shown: 91%; Stage#: 1; Sel Mode: 1 la unificación the unification reír,reírse to laugh asfixiado/a asphyxiated/suffocated peinar to comb contar to count/number;to relate,to tell a story e>> independiente independent guapa pretty;good-looking el viva the cheer/hurrah por adelantado in advance perder la vista to lose sight e>> reírse de to laugh at pintar to paint;to scrawl/scribble;to draw/depict por parte de on the part of terminado/a finished la nobleza the nobleness;the nobility el peine the comb e>> la victoria the victory la distinción the distinction;the distinctness tonto/a ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 12. Flashcard Facility (Vocabulary) -- Spanish to English Figure 13 shows the Flashcard Facility in an English to Spanish mode. In order to get English on the left-hand side you should use the << command. 3.2 Signaling Errors, the HONOR System, and the INTENSE modes --------------------------------------------------------- LinguaPro utilizes the HONOR system in evaluating your proficiency with vocabulary. This method permits great speed, and is ideal both for gaining initial familiarity with new material, as well as polishing your recognition in the final stages of mastery. For in-between stages INTENSE mode 2 is provided. With the HONOR system, if you feel that you have "missed" the word, then you can use the E (or e) command. The E (Error) command signifies that you have missed the word, or some aspect of the word. LinguaPro will then flag the word on the screen with an "e>>" symbol, sound a 2-note acknowledge- ment (unless suppressed via the Z command), update the Cluster Error counter and the C-A-T Summary, and maintain associated statistics that will permanent- ly record that you have had trouble with that word. -43- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: LEVEL1.SPA Loaded: 4473 (ENG) Viewed: 2014 C: 45.0 A: 80.0 T: 36.0 %Full: (89.5,43.5) Selected: 4473 (SPA) Viewed: 566 C: 11.0 A: 95.0 T: 10.5 Clust#: 14; 35 items; #Clust Errs: 2; %Shown: 62%; Stage#: 1; Sel Mode: 1 the tear(in the eye);the drop(fig.) la lágrima the shotgun;the musket la escopeta per cent por ciento knowledgeable;knowing;understood/agreed entendido/a e>> the moderation la moderación artistic artístico/a between;amidst/among entre the word la palabra to follow,to come after;to continue,to keep on seguir there/yonder(a place);then(a point in time) allí farther más lejos e>> the wave(e.g.,an ocean wave) la ola the miniature la miniatura the cancer el cáncer the ignorance la ignorancia to cure/heal;to treat;to cure/preserve/season curar ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 13. Flashcard Facility (Vocabulary) -- English to Spanish Once you have attained an intermediate level of proficiency with the vocabulary, however, then you should use the INTENSE modes to lead to the final mastery of definitions and spellings. In INTENSE Mode 1 the HONOR system is retained. This mode merely focuses your attention on a smaller amount of detail. In INTENSE Mode 2, however, the HONOR system is not used. In this mode you must TYPE the required word or phrase and LinguaPro will automatic- ally generate error messages if the text typed by you does not match the Spanish word (or verb form). If you make an error, LinguaPro will correct it and display all such corrected letters in red so that you can clearly see where you made your mistakes. -44- 3.3 More on Clustering and the Screen Layout ---------------------------------------- When six or more words have been marked as "errors", LinguaPro will lock-in the current cluster until you have either gotten the words correctly on a sufficient number of subsequent tries, or until you explicitly advance to the next cluster with the A (Advance) command. In general, if you have gotten a word wrong once, then you will have to get it right on four or five subsequent attempts for the error counters to drop back to zero (for that word). You may use the Q command (Quiet), however, to silence a word that has become annoying. This command will instantly cause the error counter for the word to be reset to zero so that it will cease to be flagged as troublesome. This is helpful if you had pressed the E (error) key by mistake, or, in INTENSE Mode 2, just made a typing error. A more powerful version of this command (the QQ command) will reset ALL error counters for ALL working files! The first few screen columns in the Flashcard Screens are set aside for several purposes. In the first place, words flagged by you as "incorrect" are marked with the symbol "e>>" in these columns. Also, words that you have "killed" are marked with the symbol "k>>" (or "r>>") in these initial columns. The Q command (Quiet) causes words to be marked with "q>>". The standard use for these columns, however, is to show you how many times you have seen that word previously, and to provide you with an estimation of just how "trouble- some" that word has been for you. Column 1 of the Flashcard Screen is reserved for a File ID. This is a letter (A, B, C...) that is assigned sequentially as the data files are loaded (the ID assignments can be seen by pressing the F3 key to view the names and KILL statistics for all loaded files -- the File Assignment Screen). If only a single file is loaded then no ID letter will be shown. You will only see file IDs if you have loaded two or more data files. The next few columns of the Flashcard Screen will either show blanks or an integer value. If the field is blank it signifies that, as far as LinguaPro knows, you have never seen this word in this or any previous session -- in the chosen direction! An integer value of 1, 2, etc., signifies that you have been exposed to this word that many times previously -- in the chosen direction. These statistics are only maintained, however, if you exit from LinguaPro with the X command. If you simply do an "escape" (ESC), or use the UNLOAD (U) command, then these statistics are not updated for the current session. Furthermore, if you exit with the XX command, then all of the statistical information is reset by the program. -45- To the right of the VIEWED PREVIOUSLY statistics a field is set aside to show you approximately how many times you have guessed the word incorrectly. As mentioned previously, you signify that you have missed a word by typing the E command, or, implicitly, by misspelling the desired word while in the INTENSE Mode 2 of Flashcarding. As the screen scrolls the offending word off the top of the screen, LinguaPro will begin to redisplay that word (plus other troublesome words) at a frequency sufficient to permit you to master the definition. When the word is redisplayed, it will generally show a single asterisk (*) in the ERROR columns. If you have missed the word repeatedly, however, then LinguaPro will employ the following succession of symbols to remind you of the relative difficulty of the word: * ** *** # ## ### These symbols will build up (to the maximum value of ###) as you continue to miss the word, and will then count down (ultimately to a blank) as you get the word correctly on subsequent tries. Note that the Q command (Quiet) can be used to instantly reset a word's error counter to zero. This eliminates the frustration factor of being bombarded with pesty words that you KNOW that you have long since mastered. 3.4 FLASHCARD Commands ------------------ The following is a complete description of ALL commands available within the Flashcard Facility for Vocabulary. All commands can be typed in either upper- or lower-case, and all commands must be followed by the ENTER key. 1. "A" command. The A (ADVANCE) command causes an immediate advance to the next word cluster regardless of how many errors you have made during the current cluster. However, the clustering logic is always interrupted by the injection of previous "troublesome" words. The troublesome words of all previous clusters will continue to pop up randomly (but at a reduced fre- quency) during the drilling of the new cluster. 2. "F" command. The F (FREEZE) command is the inverse of the A command. It causes a freeze of the current cluster so that you can drill exhaustively on the current set of 30-35 words without an automatic progression to the next cluster. Once an F command has been entered, however, you must use a subse- quent A command to cause resumption of normal program sequencing. When a cluster is in a FROZEN state this is indicated by the word FROZEN (in red) in the upper-right section of the screen. 3. "D" command. The D (DICTIONARY) command causes an immediate switch from the Flashcard Facility to the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). When you exit the Dictionary Facility, you will reenter the Flashcard Facility, and you will be in the same cluster with the same error statistics. 4. "E" command. The E (ERROR) command is used to signal an error. As mentioned earlier, the honor system is employed to flag words that you have missed (except in INTENSE Mode 2). Note: You may use the E command retro- actively to mark an error on a previous word even if a new word has appeared -- provided that the definition for the new word has not yet been shown. The K (KILL) command, and the Q (QUIET) command, also work in this retroactive way. Words flagged as "errors" will be marked with the symbol "e>>". -46- 5. "I" command. The I (INTENSE Mode 1) command is used to assist you in achieving final mastery of Spanish vocabulary. When INTENSE Mode 1 is entered, this is indicated by the word INTENSE 1 (in blue) in the upper right section of the screen. Note that you must have previously utilized the << command to cause English definitions to appear on the left-hand side of the screen. In this mode the HONOR System is still used to indicate which words you have missed. INTENSE Mode 1 is exited by using the ESC key, or by using the II command to enter INTENSE Mode 2. 6. "II" command. The II (INTENSE Mode 2) command is the next step in mastery. In INTENSE Mode 2 you must actually TYPE the correct Spanish word (including accent marks which may be supplied with the ALT A key). INTENSE Mode 2 is exited by using the ESC key, or by using the I command to enter INTENSE Mode 1. A further difference between INTENSE Mode 1 and INTENSE mode 2 is that in the latter the English definition on the left-hand side of the screen will now generally be reduced to only one of the possible "subdefini- tions" for that word. This ensures that you have mastered ALL of the various meanings associated with a Spanish word. 7. "K" command. The K (KILL) command is used to KILL a word. You should use it whenever you feel that you have totally mastered the word being displayed. The K command will cause the specified word to be removed from the active working vocabulary file and moved into the KILLED.SPA file. Thus, words are never totally lost, but rather moved to archival storage where they can be subsequently reviewed or interrogated. As in the case of the E command, the K command can be used retroactively for a word provided that the definition has not yet been displayed for the subsequent word. Words that have been "killed" will be marked with the symbol "k>>". 8. "L" command. The L (LOAD) command is used to LOAD an additional vocabulary file. It causes LinguaPro to return control to the File Loading Screen where an additional file or files may be loaded (provided program limits are not exceeded). 9. "Q" command. The Q (QUIET) command causes LinguaPro to instantly reset a word's error count to zero. Thus the Q command will UNDO an E command that you typed in error, or will stop the word from becoming a nuisance if you feel that you have mastered the word before LinguaPro has made that decision. As in the case of the E and K commands, the Q command can be used retroactive- ly for a word provided that the definition has not yet been displayed for the subsequent word. Word that have been "quieted" will be marked with the symbol "q>>". 10. "QQ" command. The QQ (SUPERQUIET) command causes LinguaPro to reset to zero the error counters of ALL words in ALL loaded files. This command should be used with discretion because it restores the file to its original state and all knowledge of troublesome words will be lost. Note, however, that you can always exit from LinguaPro with the ESC key, or by use of the Unload (U) command and avoid making any permanent alterations to your data files. -47- 11. "R" command. The R (RECYCLE) command causes LinguaPro to recycle back to the Group Selection Screen whereupon you can select a different group or groups to be used in the Flashcard Facility. 12. "U" command. The U (UNLOAD) command causes all current vocabulary files to be dropped, and control to be returned to the File Loading Screen. If you have marked one or more words as "errors" (E command), or have altered the vocabulary files via the On-Line Dictionary Facility, then you will be requested to explicitly OK the loss of this information. If the U command is used then all changes made to all active vocabulary files, plus all statistical information gathered via the E command, will be lost. Only the X command (save and exit) causes all statistics and vocabulary file changes to be permanently recorded. 13. "V" command. The V (VRF) command causes an immediate transfer to the VERB Reference Facility. If the current line contains a Spanish verb, then the VERB Reference Facility will position to that verb automatically so that the conjugation pattern is immediately displayed. 14. "X" and "XX" commands. The X (EXIT) command is the normal way for you to exit from LinguaPro. It causes all information acquired during the session to be permanently updated in the various vocabulary files. Statistics on words missed, as well as any file changes resulting from kills (K command) or Dictionary operations (Purge, Modify, New word, etc.) are saved. The XX command is like the X command in that all dictionary changes are saved. However, the XX command causes a "resetting" of all view and error statistics so that LinguaPro will have no future knowledge of which words you have previously seen and which words you have been missing. 15. "Z" command. The Z (SOUND) command will turn off the sound effects if they are on, or turn them on if they are off. NOTE: The default is for sound to be enabled. If you disable it with the Z command then the Flashcard screen will show "NOSOUND" in green lettering at the top of the screen. If you exit normally from LinguaPro (via the X or XX commands), then your next session will begin using the same setting of SOUND or NOSOUND. 16. Mixture commands (< , <<, >, >>). The mixture commands are used to change from Spanish to English or English to Spanish (or a percentage mixture of both). Initially, LinguaPro defaults to all English on the left-hand side. Note that English definitions must be on the left-hand side before the INTENSE modes (I and II commands) may be utilized (true only for vocabulary files). Use of the < command tells LinguaPro to use LESS Spanish on the left-hand side. Several usages of the < command will result in a 50-50 mixture (half of the time the word on the left will be Spanish and the rest of the time it will be English). Even more usages of the < command will cause NO Spanish on the left, that is, all words on the left-hand side will be English words. The << command, however, causes an immediate switch to 100% English to Spanish. In a similar manner, the > command tells LinguaPro to use MORE Spanish on the left-hand side. Again, this command may be repeated to achieve several intermediate mixtures. Similarly, the >> command causes an immediate switch to 100% Spanish to English. -48- The current Mixture setting is shown in the upper right-hand corner of the LinguaPro Screen (see Figure 13). It should also be noticed that the File Assignment Screen (F3 key) shows the vocabulary files currently loaded (marked as A, B, C, D, E, and F) and indicates the number of "kills" and "purges" that have taken place for that particular file (Purges are discussed in the Section VI since they can be performed only within the On-Line Dictionary Facility). If you press the F3 key while in the File Assignment Screen then you will see the C-A-T DISPLAY which will show the detailed breakdown of your status for each of the loaded files. If you have only loaded a single file (normally the case), then the C-A-T Summary information shown on lines 2 and 3 will contain all of the same information! 3.5 More about the INTENSE Modes ---------------------------- The INTENSE modes of the LinguaPro FLASHCARD System are designed for the English-speaking learner who desires "total" mastery of Spanish vocabulary and verbs -- both meanings and spellings! Normally, an English-speaking learner will most efficiently master the material by using the following procedure: 1. Work the vocabulary of a given level (e.g., LEVEL1 or VOCAB1) from Spanish to English until a good recognition level is achieved. The Flashcard system will use the HONOR system (you are responsible for typing the E command if you miss a word). 2. Work the same vocabulary from English to Spanish until a good recognition level is achieved. The << command should be used to cause English vocabulary to appear on the left-hand side of the screen. Again, the Flashcard system will use the HONOR system (you are responsible for typing the E command if you miss a word). 3. Then, use the I command to enter INTENSE Mode 1 (the ESC key is used to exit from the INTENSE modes). In INTENSE Mode 1 you will still be under the HONOR System to indicate missed words by using the E command. In INTENSE Mode 1, however, the right-hand side entries will now display a bracketed area that you must MENTALLY fill in with the missing word or words. For short words the bracketed section will be totally blank so as to provide no clues. For longer words, underscores may be present that indicate at least the number of letters that are involved. In more difficult cases you will also be shown either an initial letter, or a sprinkling of internal letters. You should guess the correct response and then press the ENTER key. The correct answer will then be displayed and you should employ the HONOR System as before by typing an E command if you have missed the word. 4. Next, use the II command to enter INTENSE Mode 2 (the ESC key is used to exit from the INTENSE modes). In INTENSE Mode 2 the left-hand side behavior is now different from INTENSE mode 1: -49- >>>The English definition usually has more than one shade of meaning, that is, a single Spanish word may have more than one possible meaning in English. The English subdefinitions are always supplied with demarcating semicolons (;). In the normal case when English is being displayed on the left-hand side, then ALL subdefinitions are shown at one time prior to the subsequent display of the Spanish word. In INTENSE mode 2, however, ONE of the particular subdefinitions is randomly selected and shown, while the remaining subdefinitions are obliterated by hyphens (-). This ensures that you actually master ALL the shades of meaning of the Spanish word and do not just key off of the primary meaning. AFTER you have been shown the requested Spanish word, then the REMAINDER of the English definition is inserted into the hyphenated areas with the subdefinition shown originally relegated back to its normal order in the sequence.<<< The right-hand side behavior changes as well in INTENSE mode 2. The bracketed area is still present, but you must now TYPE the correct response. Also, the HONOR System is now dispensed with since LinguaPro is able to detect your errors by itself: >>>You must TYPE the correct Spanish response. Correct genders must be supplied for nouns and correct accent marks must be supplied for all vocabulary items requiring them. You are prompted with either the first letter of each required word, or with several of the internal letters of each word. Missing letters are indicated by underscore characters (_). See Section VI for more information on using the editing keys (CTRL HOME, CTRL END, the cursor keys, the DEL key, and the ALT A). Accent marks are supplied by you by typing the basic letter and then pressing ALT A when the cursor is just to the RIGHT of the letter needing the accent. Repeated use of the ALT A key will cycle through all available choices. You should press the ENTER key when you are done typing the word (or you may just press the ENTER key at the beginning if you do not have any idea whatever of the correct response). If the response is incorrect, LinguaPro will supply the E command AUTOMATICALLY.<<< Figure 14 shows an example of the use of INTENSE Mode 1. INTENSE Mode 2 will "look" identical. The only difference is that you actually have to do the typing in the bracketed section. Notice that the word INTENSE 1 is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. -50- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: LEVEL1.SPA Loaded: 4473 (ENG) Viewed: 81 C: 1.8 A:100.0 T: 1.8 %Full: (89.5,43.5) Selected: 4472 (SPA) Viewed: 32 C: .7 A:100.0 T: .7 Clust#: 4; 35 items; #Clust Errs: 0; %Shown: 14%; Stage#: 1 INTENSE 1 ambitious;covetous/greedy [ambicioso/a] athletic [atlético/a] four hundred [cuatrocientos/as] the parents [los padres] the absence [la ausencia] in a different way [en forma distinta] besides [además de] on behalf of [de parte de] Saturday [el sábado] finally [por último] the multitude/crowd [la multitud] to heal;to cure [sanar] the fig [el higo] silvery;Argentinian [argentino/a] the soccer/football team [el equipo de fútbol] five hundred [quinientos/as] lean/thin;weak/feeble [flaco/a] to continue [continuar] to hang/suspend;to hang up(e.g.,the telephone) [colgar] to treat;to deal with;to handle [t_____] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 14. INTENSE Mode 1 It can be further seen that English is being displayed on the left. This is an essential prerequisite for the INTENSE modes since it is designed to force you to TYPE the correct Spanish word (in INTENSE Mode 2). Use the < and << commands to force English on the left-hand side. Then, the INTENSE modes may be entered by use of the I and II commands. For VERB-Class and SENTENCE- Class files, however, you may position EITHER English OR Spanish on the left- -hand side! Note in Figure 14 that you are shown a "skeletonized" Spanish word that must be filled in correctly. In the Figure, the last skeleton is "t_____" and you should guess the correct word (INTENSE Mode 1), or TYPE the correct word to make it [tratar] (in INTENSE Mode 2). In many cases you will only be prompted with the first letter of the word. In all cases noun genders are suppressed and must be supplied by you. Accent marks are made by typing the base letter (a,e,i,o,u,n) and then holding down the ALT key while pressing the a or A key WHILE the cursor is positioned just to the right of the base letter. See Section VI for more information on the ALT A key and the other editing commands and conventions employed by LinguaPro. -51- IV. THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR UNIT AND SUNIT (SENTENCE-CLASS) FILES When a SENTENCE-Class file (e.g., UNIT3.SPA) has been loaded, the flash- card system will initially be in INTENSE mode 1. The NORMAL mode of operation is NOT supported for SENTENCE-Class or for VERB-Class files, that is, you must ALWAYS use Intense Mode 1 or 2. Sentences are too "big" to drill in their entirety. By using the Intense modes you will learn long sentences by mastering their component parts. Section III should be consulted to obtain an understanding of all of the basic flashcarding commands. In this section, only those commands will be described that have a different shade of meaning than in the case in which pure vocabulary items are being flashcarded. At any time you may select INTENSE mode 2 by using the II command. You can then return to INTENSE mode 1 either by using the ESC key, or by typing the I command. In the case of pure vocabulary files like LEVEL1.SPA, VOCAB1.SPA, etc., the INTENSE modes are supported ONLY for the English to Spanish direction. This is because LinguaPro/SPANISH is PRIMARILY oriented to English-speaking persons who desire to master the Spanish language. Only the pure vocabulary files, however, show this lack of symmetry. You can quickly perceive that single Spanish words are described by using all of their shades of meaning in English. If LinguaPro were truly bilingual then the opposite situation would exist: a single English word would be described by using all of its shades of meaning in Spanish. The SENTENCE-Class files, on the other hand, are truly bilingual (as is the VERB conjugation facility built around the VERB-Class files). The UNIT and SUNIT files are excellent examples of bilingual SENTENCE-Class files. These may be used to advantage both by English-speaking, and by Spanish- speaking students. In addition, the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) provides the capability that you need for creating your own SENTENCE-Class files and thus implementing the sentences and drills contained in your textbooks. This is discussed in Appendix B.3. -52- Figure 15 shows INTENSE Mode 2, from Spanish to English, with the UNIT4 file loaded. In this mode the Spanish sentence (sometimes a single word) is shown on the left-hand side. In addition, some segment of the sentence will be highlighted. This may be a single word or a phrase. When you press the ENTER key then the correspondng English sentence will be shown on the right- hand side of the screen (sometimes on the next line). The corresponding English word/phrase will be delimited with square brackets ([]) and will be either blank (for short words), or will contain underscores indicating charac- ters that must be TYPED by you. For short fields the bracketed section will be totally blank and will be LONGER than the word or phrase that you are expected to type. This is done to prevent you from "cheating" by guessing, for example, that the necessary verb form is "es" rather than "está" simply by counting spaces. Also, the extra filler inserted to keep you honest is always randomized so that there is NO way to guess which word is desired by looking at the width of the field. In INTENSE Mode 2 you are expected to TYPE the missing word within the bracketed area. When this is completed you should press the ENTER key. At this point LinguaPro will insert the correct text and will generate an auto- matic error signal (an E command) if you have mistyped the entry. In addi- tion, the entry will be flagged with the standard "e>>" symbol and all incorrect letters will be corrected and shown in red. Of course, if you have no idea of what to type, then just press the ENTER key. LinguaPro will display the correct text and generate the "e>>" symbol. Everything is the same, of course, with INTENSE Mode 1 "except" that you are NOT expected to type the missing word or phrase, and, in fact, cannot. Instead, the HONOR System is utilized and you must explicitly type an E command (error) if you have missed the word. INTENSE Mode 1 is very useful in the early, and final, learning stages because it requires you to drill on all parts of speech within a sentence without the slowdown entailed in having to type in the word with its accent marks. INTENSE Mode 2, however, is strongly recommended in the intermediate stages of learning. -53- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English File: UNIT4.SPA Loaded: 357 (ENG) Viewed: 122 C: 12.2 A:100.0 T: 12.2 %Full: ( 3.3,13.6) Selected: 357 (SPA) Viewed: 99 C: 9.9 A:100.0 T: 9.9 Clust#: 8; 30 items; #Clust Errs: 0; %Shown: 33%; Stage#: 1 INTENSE 2 ¿están los señores aquí o en el centro? [are ] the gentlemen here or downtown? están en el centro (they) are [downtown] ¿cómo está usted? [how ] are YOU? estoy bien, gracias I am [fine ], thanks ¿dónde está el hotel? where is [the hotel]? está en el centro (it) [is ] downtown ¿cómo están ustedes? [how ] are YOU(pl)? estamos bien, gracias [we are] fine, thanks ¿está la Embajada lejos del centro? is [the Embassy] far from downtown? no, está cerca no, (it) [is ] near ¿están los señores aquí? [are ] the gentlemen here? no, están en el centro no, (they) are [downtown] ¿está usted en el hotel? are YOU [in the hotel]? no, estoy en la Embajada no, [I am ] in the Embassy ¿están ellas bien aquí? are [they ](f.) fine here? sí, están muy bien yes, (they) are [very fine] ¿están ustedes ocupados? [are ] YOU(pl) busy? sí, estamos muy ocupados yes, [we are] very busy ¿está usted ocupado? [ ] YOU busy? ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 15. INTENSE Mode 2 -- Spanish to English Figure 16 shows the behavior of INTENSE Mode 2 for the English to Spanish direction. Program behavior is identical to that for the Spanish to English direction. The default, as mentioned earlier, is for English material to initially appear on the left-hand side of the screen. Thereafter when you begin a session these settings will revert to those that you had used in the previous session (provided you had exited with the X command). The >> command, or several > commands, will switch the Spanish to the left- hand side. Note in Figure 16 that the upper right-hand corner of the screen shows "100% English->Spanish". Remember, too, that in the final stages of drilling you might want to select an "intermediate" mixture, e.g., 50-50 so that about half of the time English will appear on the left-hand side, and the other half of the time Spanish will appear on the left-hand side. -54- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: UNIT4.SPA Loaded: 357 (ENG) Viewed: 166 C: 16.6 A:100.0 T: 16.6 %Full: ( 3.3,13.6) Selected: 357 (SPA) Viewed: 99 C: 9.9 A:100.0 T: 9.9 Clust#: 9; 30 items; #Clust Errs: 0; %Shown: 80%; Stage#: 1 INTENSE 1 is there much activity in the Consular Section? ¿hay mucho movimiento [en la Sección Consular]? is there much activity here? ¿[hay ] mucho movimiento aquí? are there many things here? ¿hay [muchas] cosas aquí? are there many things now? ¿hay muchas [cosas ] ahora? are there few things now? ¿hay [pocas ] cosas ahora? are there few things there? ¿hay pocas cosas [ahí ]? are there few books there? ¿hay pocos libros [ahí ]? are there few tables there? ¿hay pocas mesas [ahí ]? yes, we are almost always busy sí, [casi siempre] estamos ocupados yes, we are almost always here sí, [casi siempre] estamos aquí yes, I am almost always here sí, casi siempre estoy [aquí ] yes, I am here sometimes sí, [unas veces] estoy aquí yes, I am busy sometimes sí, unas veces [estoy ] ocupado yes, I am busy (at) other times sí, otras veces [estoy ] ocupado yes, we are busy (at) other times sí, otras veces [estamos] ocupados yes, we are almost always busy sí, casi siempre [estamos] ocupados (do) YOU speak English, Mr. Molina? ¿habla [usted ] inglés, Sr. Molina? are YOU English, Mr. Molina? ¿[ ] usted inglés, Sr. Molina? ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 16. INTENSE Mode 2 -- English to Spanish As discussed in Section 2.2, with SENTENCE-Class files you have the option of specifying an INITIAL presentation of the material in its natural order. This option, which is the default, is recommended for the UNIT files since the course lessons are designed to be introduced in a sequential manner. Also, it is only during this sequential first-pass that the Grammatical information is displayed that is contained in the associated NOTE file (.NOT). Once this initial pass through the material has been completed, LinguaPro will switch to a purely random mode of presentation with an interspersal of "previously-missed" sentences. Once you are confident of the material then you may specify NO (N) and the entire presentation will be randomized (with no display of Grammatical Notes). Again, up to 6 UNIT files may be loaded simultaneously if your PC has sufficient RAM memory available. Thus you may eventually wish to load UNIT1, UNIT2, ... UNIT6 simultaneously, select the randomized presentation, select a 50-50 mixture (half Spanish on the left and half English on the left), select INTENSE Mode 2, and thus TOTALLY review 6 lessons at once! -55- All standard flashcarding commands are supported within the Flashcard Facility for SENTENCE-Class files. Thus, for example, you may use the D command to access the On-Line Dictionary Facility and see how the "sentences" of the UNIT files have been created. If you enter the ODF and request a search for a particular word (or part of a word), you will see ALL sentences incorporating that particular word. You will also see the special delimiter brackets that make a SENTENCE-Class file what it is: v[], aj[], av[]. etc. Please consult Appendix B.3 for more information on creating SENTENCE-Class files of your own -- OR modifying one of the supplied UNIT files. The V command is also available, allowing you to access the VERB Reference Facility (VRF) to check on a verb definition or conjugation. When flashcarding a SENTENCE-Class file in INTENSE Mode 2, you will occasionally make typing errors and get an undeserved "e>>" error signal. Since your mistakes are corrected and shown highlighted in red, it is easy for you to see if you had simply made a typo, or actually made an error. If it was just a typo, you should use the Q command (QUIET) retroactively to clear the error indicator. This retroactive capability is lost, however, as soon as the NEXT entry is complete, that is, as soon as the next entry is displaying BOTH left-hand and right-hand sides. Also, the QQ command (SUPERQUIET) may be used to clear ALL error signals if you so desire. Sometimes you will not want to be bothered by a particular word, either because it is too basic, or because you have totally mastered the word and don't wish to type it in (in INTENSE Mode 2). In this case, simply press the ENTER key, receive the "e>>" error signal, and then promptly cancel it out by using a Q command. A "sentence" will generally have 2 or more internal delimiters which demarcate different parts of speech to be drilled. In other words, an average "sentence" may contain 2 (and possibly 6 or more) separate drillable items. When the flashcarding facility displays a particular sentence, it adopts the following strategy. First, if you have missed one of its parts of speech previously, then THAT delimited word or phrase will be again selected for testing. If, however, the sentence has no errors flagged against it, then a delimited section will be RANDOMLY selected from among the drillable items that you HAVE NOT YET SEEN in the chosen direction. If you have seen ALL the drillable items in the sentence in the current direc- tion then a drillable item will be RANDOMLY selected from among all of the remaining active items. You may wish to use the F (FREEZE) command to lock yourself into the current cluster of sentences until ALL of the drillable items have been covered. In this case you must use the A (ADVANCE) command to cause LinguaPro to proceed to the next cluster. Whether you use the A and F commands or not, if you continue to drill on a given lesson you will eventually see ALL drillable items in the direction that you have chosen. Also, unless you have made errors you will see EVERY item a single time before you begin to see repeats! You should monitor the C-A-T Summary on lines 2 and 3 to keep track of your progress (see Section 1.13 and Appendix A). -56- The KILL (K) command has been discussed previously in Section 1.6.4 where its behavior is contrasted for WORD-Class, SENTENCE-Class, and VERB- Class files. Note again that KILLs may be freely performed within the UNIT (and SUNIT) files as you master the material, and that two different things may happen: 1. A KILL command causes a 3-note (low-high-low) tone series and the sentence is marked with a "r>>" symbol. This is called a REDUCTION KILL and only the indicated item is suppressed, that is, the sentence is "reduced" to one of simpler structure in which the suppressed item has become non-drillable. 2. A KILL command causes a 4-note (funeral dirge) tone series and the sentence is marked with a "k>>" symnbol. This is a true "kill" and the entire sentence will be purged (permanently deleted). In both cases the only way you can restore your UNIT files to their original state (e.g., for use by someone else), is to reload them from your release floppies! Another important point to notice is the particular convention utilized by LinguaPro/SPANISH to enrich the natural set of English pronouns so as to provide a 1-to-1 correspondence with the Spanish set. This is needed so that an English sentence will unambiguously suggest the Spanish pronouns that are to be used. Bear in mind also that if you are drilling in INTENSE Mode 2 from Spanish to English then you will actually have to type forms like those described next. These same conventions are used within the VERB-Class files as well (e.g., TVERB1.SPA). LinguaPro employs its own convention for Spanish pronouns. The English word "you" is used to represent the Spanish familiar pronoun "tú". The expression "you(pl)" is used to represent the Spanish pronoun "vosotros". The complete table is: you tú you(pl), you(m.pl) vosotros you(f.pl) vosotras YOU usted YOU(pl), YOU(m.pl) ustedes we nosotros we(f.) nosotras ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NOTE: If you are in INTENSE Mode 2 wherein you are expected to TYPE in the required word or phrase, remember that you MAY NOT enter any of the standard commands at the point LinguaPro is expecting you to type a word. You must wait until the NEXT left-hand side item is displayed. You may then enter one or more commands at this point. Otherwise, your command will not only be ignored, but it will be treated as though you had mistyped the item and you will receive an error signal (e>>). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -57- V. THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VERB (VERB-CLASS) FILES The VERB Flashcard Facility is very similar to the Vocabulary and SENTENCE Flashcarding facilities. In particular, the "clustering" logic ensures that you are never confronted by more than about 30-35 verb forms at a time (taken from the selected set). The default is for English to Spanish, and for a natural mode of presentation in which verb forms are presented in a format representative of reading, writing, and speaking (phrases and sentences). The sentence presentation mode fully supports INTENSE modes 1 and 2 both from English to Spanish, and Spanish to English. You may use the I and II commands at any time to activate these modes. INTENSE mode 1 is the default when you first enter the verb flashcarding system. Thereafter, LinguaPro will begin your session with the same settings that you had used during the last session WITH THAT SAME VERB FILE. Note that as in the case of SENTENCE-Class files you are forced always to remain in either Intense mode 1 or 2. You can go to Intense mode 2 by use of the II command, and can return to Intense mode 1 by use of the I command or the ESC key. Figure 17 shows a typical screen when flashcarding a VERB-Class file in Intense Mode 1, and in the Spanish to English direction. In Intense Mode 1 you must employ the HONOR system and signal your errors yourself by means of the E (e) command. -58- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 4 C: .1 A:100.0 T: .1 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 3383 (SPA) Viewed: 23 C: .7 A: 91.3 T: .6 Clust#: 1; 28 items; #Clust Errs: 1; %Shown: 92%; Stage#: 1 INTENSE 1 nosotros te hemos dado el reloj we(m.) [have given] you(m.) the clock Uds. habrían estado cansadas al mediodía si ... YOU(f.pl) [would have been] tired at noon if ... e>> ¡vayan en seguida! YOU(f.pl): [go] immediately! ¡escuche con cortesía! YOU(f.): [listen] courteously! ¡vive en el apartamento! you(f.): [live] in the apartment! ¡compre en seguida la carne! YOU(m.): [buy] the meat immediately! les sorprende a Uds. que ella haya comido legumbres YOU(m.pl) are surprised that she [has eaten] vegetables tú habías dicho la idea al anochecer you(m.) [had told] the idea at dusk vosotras saludasteis a Carolina el domingo pasado you(f.pl) [said hello to] Carolina last Sunday tú la habrás llevado al bautismo you(m.) [will have carried] it(f.) to the baptism e>> ellas no creyeron que ellos se lo hubieran dicho a Juanita they(f.) didn't believe that they(m.) [had told] it(m.) to Juanita Ud. podía escribir la carta ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 17. VERB INTENSE Mode 1 (NORMAL mode)(Spanish to English) LinguaPro employs the following convention for Spanish pronouns. The English word "you" is used to represent the Spanish familiar pronoun "tú". The expression "you(pl)" is used to represent the Spanish pronoun "vosotros". The complete table is: you tú you(pl), you(m.pl) vosotros you(f.pl) vosotras YOU usted YOU(pl), YOU(m.pl) ustedes we nosotros we(f.) nosotras Due to the poverty of English personal pronouns, use of this convention makes it clear which specific Spanish pronoun is desired. Also, the word HAD, as in HAD gotten, is used to signify the Spanish Preterit Perfect rather than the standard Past Perfect or Pluperfect (which would be expressed as "had gotten"). It should be noted that the Preterit Perfect is rarely used in spoken Spanish, but has been included for the sake of completeness. This tense selection should generally be turned off. Bear in mind, however, that you cannot achieve C-A-T scores of 100% if you have disabled any tenses or persons. -59- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 40 C: 1.1 A: 95.0 T: 1.1 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 3383 (SPA) Viewed: 23 C: .7 A: 91.3 T: .6 Clust#: 3; 28 items; #Clust Errs: 0; %Shown: 21%; Stage#: 1 INTENSE 1 you(m.pl) will say hello to Graciela and Elena tomorrow vosotros [saludaréis] a Graciela y a Elena mañana e>> you(f.) will have worn the T-shirt tú [habrás llevado] la camiseta I would have to take the test tonight if ... yo [tendría] que tomar la prueba esta noche si ... I used to tell YOU(f.pl) the story yo les [decía] el cuento a Uds. I was glad that you(f.) had brought the ham yo me alegraba de que tú [hubieras traído] el jamón you(f.) used to speak with Roberto tú [hablabas] con Roberto you(f.) will help them(m.) the day after tomorrow tú los [ayudarás] a ellos pasado mañana I will have taught José and Ricardo how to play the piano yo les [habré enseñado] a tocar el piano a José y a Ricardo YOU(f.): purchase the umbrella this morning! ¡[compre] esta mañana el paraguas! we(m.) have given the clock to you(f.) nosotros te [hemos dado] el reloj e>> you(m.) had told it(f.) yesterday morning tú la [habías dicho] ayer por la mañana we(m.) will have eaten supper here nosotros [________ ______] aquí ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 18. VERB INTENSE Mode 1 (NORMAL Mode) (English to Spanish) Figure 18 shows the Flashcard system when it has been directed to display English on the left-hand side, and again with INTENSE mode 1 engaged. Again, the Honor System is employed (you must use the E command to flag your errors). The advantage of INTENSE mode 1 is that the highlighting of the English verb or verb phrase on the left-hand side, coupled with the bracketed blanked-out Spanish verb or verb phrase on the right-hand side, helps you focus your attention on the verb form which is being drilled. Let us now review all of the Flashcard commands giving emphasis to those commands that are unique to the VERB flashcard system: 1. "A" command. Advance to the next "cluster". 2. "F" command. Freeze the current "cluster". -60- 3. "C" command. This command will show the complete CONJUGATION of the verb form being displayed as soon as the line is complete, that is, as soon as the Spanish or English translation has been presented. The conjugation will show all 6 persons for the Tense in question. NOTE: If you signal an "error" for the verb form (using the E command, then LinguaPro will pretend that you had also typed the C command and will display the full conjugation for the verb in that tense. The "CC" command will activate a continuous conjugation of all displayed verb forms. It can only be turned off by typing a subsequent "CC" command. This allows you to quickly review ALL persons of a given verb form once the particular form being tested has been completed. 4. "D" command. This command will be ignored by the VERB Flashcard Facility. The On-Line Dictionary Facility is not currently available within the Verb Flashcard Facility! 5. "E" command. This command is used to signal that you have "missed" the verb form just displayed. (Note: As mentioned above, a full conjugation for that verb in the current tense will be displayed as though you had also typed a C command). 6. "I" command. This command causes the Flashcard Facility for verbs to enter INTENSE Mode 1 (if you are already in INTENSE Mode 2). Note that in the Grammatical Mode (after the S command), the INTENSE modes are only supported if English is on the left-hand side. 7. "II" command. This command causes the Flashcard Facility for verbs to enter INTENSE Mode 2 in which you must TYPE the correct verb form. The same rules apply for entry as for the I command. Note that you may switch back and forth between the two INTENSE modes by alternating the I and II commands. Also, the ESC key will cause you to revert to INTENSE mode 1 if you are in INTENSE mode 2. 8. "K" command. This command will SUPPRESS the verb form just dis- played. The verb form, however, will not be removed from the verb file and it will reappear if you ever reset the statistics for the verb file by exit- ing with the XX command. 9. "L" command. The LOAD command will be ignored by the VERB Flashcard Facility since only one verb file may be loaded at a time. 10. "Q" command. This command will QUIET a verb form by zeroing its error count. The verb form will be tagged with the symbol "q>>" and LinguaPro will cease flashing it to you as a troublesome word (unless you subsequently miss the verb form again). Note that like the E and K commands, the Q command can be used retroactively provided that the subsequent flashcard entry has not yet been completed (both left and right-hand sides). -61- 11. "QQ" command. This command will QUIET ALL verb forms by zeroing all error counters. Use this command with discretion. 12. "R" command. The RECYCLE command will return control to the VERB Tense Selection Menu. This will allow you to alter the selected slate of verb forms without exiting from LinguaPro. 13. "S" command. The SWITCH command will cause the presentation style of the VERB Flashcard Facility to switch to the GRAMMATICAL mode, or from the GRAMMATICAL mode back to the natural mode. The GRAMMATICAL mode is especially useful to you in the beginning stages of mastering a new verb tense. In GRAMMATICAL mode you likewise have the choice of a Spanish to English or an English to Spanish drill. Additionally, the Mixture control commands (<,<<, >,>>) can be used to select an intermediate mixture. Note that the INTENSE modes of Flashcarding are ONLY supported during a Grammatical presentation if English is on the left-hand side. 14. "U" command. The UNLOAD command will cause the current verb file to be dropped. Control will then pass back to the File Loading Screen. If, however, you have flagged one or more verb forms as "missed" by using the E (error) command, then the CAUTION Screen (Figure 27) will appear and you can type Y and press ENTER, if desired, to throw out any error or statistical information gathered during this session. 15. "V" command. The V command will cause control to be passed to the VERB Reference Facility (VRF), and the screen will be positioned at the current verb, thus displaying its full conjugation. 16. "X" and "XX" commands. The X (EXIT) command is recommended as the best way to exit from a LinguaPro session since it "saves" all changes and statistics. If you employ the XX command then all statistics will be reset and any "killed" (suppressed) verb forms will be reactivated. 17. "Z" command. The Z command will disable (or re-enable) the use of sound effects. NOTE: The default is for sound to be enabled. If you disable it with the Z command then the Flashcard screen will show "NOSOUND" in green lettering at the top of the screen. If you exit normally (via the X or XX commands) this setting of SOUND vs. NOSOUND will be used in your next session. 18. "<,<<,>,>>" commands. The Mixture Control commands work identically in the VERB Flashcard Facility. The command ">>" will cause the left-hand side to be entirely Spanish. The "<<" command will cause the left-hand side to be entirely English. Use of the "<" and ">" commands will result in LESS Spanish and MORE Spanish, respectively, on the left-hand side. -62- Figure 19 shows the screen format when the operational mode has been SWITCHed (S command) from the natural mode to the GRAMMATICAL mode. Also, the left-hand side has been set to English via the "<<" command. In this mode of operation you are told the required tense, English pronoun, English verb, and desired Spanish verb. When you press the ENTER key, the required Spanish equivalent is displayed. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 40 C: 1.1 A: 95.0 T: 1.1 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 3383 (SPA) Viewed: 23 C: .7 A: 91.3 T: .6 Clust#: 3; 35 items; #Clust Errs: 0; %Shown: 31%; Stage#: 1; Sel Mode: 1 Present: we(m.) /tell (decir) nosotros decimos Preter.: you(f.pl) /accompany (acompañar) vosotras acompañasteis Pres Perf: we(m.) /know (saber) nosotros hemos sabido Pres Perf: I /speak (hablar) yo he hablado Future: he /accompany (acompañar) él acompañará Imperf.: you(f.) /teach (enseñar) tú enseñabas Past Subj: he /learn (aprender) que él aprendiera Past Subj: you(f.pl) /bring (traer) que vosotras trajerais Present: we(m.) /call (llamar) nosotros llamamos Command: you(f.) /prepare (preparar) ¡prepara;no prepares! PrPerfSub: you(f.pl) /learn (aprender) que vosotras hayáis aprendido PrPerfSub: I /review (repasar) que yo haya repasado Imperf.: they(f.) /go (ir) ellas iban Future: you(f.pl) /be (ser) vosotras seréis Preter.: he /help (ayudar) él ayudó PrPerfSub: it /like (gustar) que hayan gustado PrPerfSub: we(m.) /review (repasar) que nosotros hayamos repasado Pres Perf: they(m.) /listen to (escuchar) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 19. VERB Flashcard Screen (GRAMMATICAL Mode) Figure 20 shows the behavior of INTENSE Mode 2 when flashcarding verb forms in Grammatical Mode. Notice that the 3 key steps have been followed to enter this mode. Step 1. Switch to English on the left-hand side (<< command) Step 2. Switch to the Grammatical mode of presentation (S command) Step 3. Specify INTENSE Mode 2 (II command) -- or the I command -63- In this case you are expected to type the EXACT verb form required, including accent marks. You will be provided with a "skeleton" form enclosed in square brackets and with underscores (_) used to indicate the missing letters. Accent marks may be supplied with the ALT A key (see Section VI). If you type in the verb form incorrectly, then an error command (E) will be generated automatically and the verb form will be corrected with all corrections marked in red! INTENSE Mode 1 (I command) works identically except that you are not expected to TYPE anything, and the HONOR System (E command) must be used to signal errors. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: TVERB1.SPA Loaded: 3535 (ENG) Viewed: 40 C: 1.1 A: 95.0 T: 1.1 %Full: (35.8,32.1) Selected: 3383 (SPA) Viewed: 23 C: .7 A: 91.3 T: .6 Clust#: 3; 35 items; #Clust Errs: 3; %Shown: 68%; Stage#: 1 INTENSE 2 Future: we(m.) /watch (mirar) nosotros [miraremos] Past Subj: you(m.) /go shopping (ir) que tú [fueras] Pres Perf: I /say (decir) yo [he dicho] Pres Subj: they(m.) /play (tocar) que ellos [toquen] Command: you(f.pl) /teach (enseñar) ¡[enseñad]! e>> Preter.: it /ache (doler) [dolieron] - - - - dolió dolieron Preter.: YOU(m.pl) /learn (aprender) Uds. [aprendieron] e>> Past Perf: she /return (volver) ella [había vuelto] yo había vuelto noso. habíamos vuelto tú habías vuelto voso. habíais vuelto él había vuelto ellos habían vuelto Preter.: he /tell (decir) él [dijo] e>> Pres Subj: you(f.) /want (querer) que tú [quieras] que yo quiera que noso. queramos que tú quieras que voso. queráis que él quiera que ellos quieran Past Perf: you(f.pl) /accompany (acompañar) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 20. VERB Flashcard Screen (INTENSE Mode 2) The INTENSE modes for VERB items work in an identical manner to the corresponding INTENSE modes for WORD-Class and SENTENCE-Class files. -64- VI. THE ON-LINE DICTIONARY FACILITY (ODF) The On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) is NOT accessible if a VERB file has been loaded. The On-Line Dictionary Facility is accessed from the Flashcard Facility by using the D command. The Dictionary Facility is exited by using the ESC key. This will cause control to be transferred back into the Flashcard Facility at the point it was exited (in the same cluster and with the same cluster statistics). The Dictionary Facility works with the files already loaded (Internal files), and with whatever External Files you choose to assign. The assigned files are searched automatically when you type at least three initial charac- ters of a desired word and then press the ENTER key. By typing more letters, of course, you will reduce the number of "hits" and shorten the length of the resultant list. If too many "hits" result, the screen will show "... (Press ENTER for More)" at the bottom which indicates that the list of words is incomplete. By successively pressing the ENTER key you will be able to see ALL words that have met the search criteria. The default for LinguaPro/SPANISH is for a Spanish word lookup. In Figure 21 the search string entered was "pare" and LinguaPro displayed all words in LEVEL1.SPA and LEVEL2.SPA which START with the letters p-a-r-e (Since BOTH of these WORD-Class files had been previously loaded as Internal Files). LinguaPro ignores all accent marks and capital letters when making its searches. This makes it easier for you to enter the search string, and the desired word is sure to be found even if it is stored with an initial capital letter (or an unexpected accent mark). To narrow the search farther, you may terminate the search string with the dollar ($) sign. This tells LinguaPro to ignore any words that contain LETTERs following the search string. In other words, if you type "para", the displayed list will be all words that START with the letters "para" (parado/a, paraguas, parasol, etc.). If you type "para$", however, then only occurrences of the word "para" will be located. In order to search for English words, you must PREFIX the word with a pound sign (#). The same rules apply as in the case of Spanish lookups. The dollar sign ($) terminator may again be used. Thus if you type "#man" the resultant list will be very long, and will include such words as many, manner, manager, etc. If you type "#man$", however, then only words or phrases containing "man " will be located. -65- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English File: 2 Word Files Knn (Kill) Mnn (Modify) Pnn (Purge) TnnX (Transfer) %Full: (76.1,95.2) nn (Select an Item) V (->VRF) CnnX (Copy) N (New) "string" (Search) <ESC> (Exit) F1 (HELP) F2 (BLANK) F3 (FILES) Command? A 1 apparently \ al parecer A 2 to seem/appear/look like \ parecer A 3 the wall(of a room) \ la pared A 4 the pair;the couple \ la pareja B 5 the opinion/view;the look \ el parecer B 6 to resemble,to look like \ parecerse a B 7 good looking,well-favored \ bien parecido/a B 8 like/similar \ parecido/a Lookup String: pare INSERT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 21. The On-Line Dictionary Screen In Figure 21, the first 4 dictionary items are flagged with an A in column 1. This signals that the words were all found in data file A (LEVEL1.SPA). The last 4 items are flagged with a B in column 1 and shows that they came from file B (LEVEL2.SPA). Since up to 6 WORD-Class, or SENTENCE-Class files may be loaded simultaneously as Internal files, the letters A thru F may appear. If External Files have been assigned (See Appendix B.2) then their file IDs will start at K or L and will be shown in RED. The Dictionary Facility allows use of the F1 key to access the User's Guide Browser. As in the Flashcarding Facility, and in the VERB Reference Facility, the F2 key may be used to obtain a blank screen. Finally, the F3 key will show ALL current file assignments: the Internal Files as well as any External Files that you have assigned via the EF command. Consult Appendix B.2 for information about assigning External Files. If you press the F3 key a second time you will see the C-A-T DISPLAY which shows the Coverage-Accuracy-Total Mastery percentages for all loaded files. The Dictionary Facility has its own set of commands. Each command (except for the ESC key to exit) requires that the command be followed by the ENTER key. The Dictionary commands are as follows: 1. "ESC" key. The ESC key causes LinguaPro to exit back to the Flashcard Facility. You will be restored to the same "cluster" and with the same cluster (error) statistics. -66- 2. "nn" Command. This command simply consists of typing the number of one of the displayed words and pressing the ENTER key. For example, if you type 4 ENTER, you are signifying that the fourth line (see Figure 21), containing the word "pareja", was the desired word or words. LinguaPro will mark this line with an asterisk (*) in column 1, and will regard this as an Error, similar to the use of the E command in the Flashcard Facility. When you return to the Flashcard Facility, the word "parejo" will be more intensively drilled because you have admitted having trouble with it. This again is an example of the HONOR System employed by LinguaPro. Words that have to be looked up in the course of reading a book are treated as though they had been guessed incorrectly during a Flashcard session. If you employ the X command to exit from LinguaPro, then these statistics will be kept for the next session as well. 3. "string". By typing a string of characters and pressing the ENTER key, you are requesting LinguaPro to find all Spanish words in the loaded data files that START with that character sequence. The string may be terminated with a dollar sign ($), as discussed above, to limit the search further. 4. "#string". By typing a pound sign (#) followed by a string of characters and pressing the ENTER key, you are requesting LinguaPro to find all English words in the loaded data files that START with that character sequence. The string may be terminated with a dollar sign ($), as discussed above, to limit the search further. 5. "Cnn". The COPY command causes a displayed entry to be copied to another data file. This command differs from the TRANSFER command (T) in that the source file is not altered. The entry, e.g., a word and its definition, is simply duplicated in the target file. In the TRANSFER command, however, the item is actually eliminated from the source file. In both of these commands, the target file must be an Internal File. The COPY command, however, permits the source file to be an External File (specified via the EF command). This makes it easy for you to create your own specialized vocabulary files and fill them up by copying desired words from the supplied vocabulary files (e.g., LEVEL1.SPA). The syntax for copying, say, line #3 to another data file would be: C3 or C3B or C3C .... If the target file is omitted, as in the first example, then the entry will be copied into the last internal file loaded, that is, the file with the highest ID letter. 6. "EF". The EF command (External File) is used to control which, if any, External Files will participate in Search operations. Appendix B.2 contains complete information about use of this command. -67- 7. "Knn". By typing a K followed by an item number, LinguaPro will KILL all words on that line. All words will be moved to the KILLED.SPA file and taken out of the working data file. Remember, however, that no changes are permanently effective until you employ the X command (or XX) to exit from LinguaPro. If you exit via an ESC (escape), or by use of the U command, then all such changes are discarded. Note, however, that you cannot use the K command with "sentences" -- only vocabulary items! 8. "Mnn". The MODIFY command is used to modify or correct an existing data file entry (or to add an additional word and its definition to a line entry). It operates like the N (NEW) command except that the Spanish and English sections are already filled in with the current text. 9. "N, NA, NB". The NEW command is the means whereby you can add wholly new words, or sentences, to new, or existing, LinguaPro data files. If only a single data file is loaded, then the N command may be used by itself. If more than one data file has been loaded, however, then the letter A, B, C, etc. must be affixed to indicate the data file which is to contain the new word. If you omit the data file ID, the word will automatically go into the last data file loaded, that is, the file with the highest letter. Figure 22 shows the LinguaPro Dictionary Screen after the N command has been entered. You are first prompted for the Spanish entry (a word, words, or a complete sentence). You may then type up to 125 characters of text to define the Spanish entry. The ENTER key will then result in a prompt to enter the English word (or phrase or sentence). A final ENTER key will cause the new entry to go into the indicated data file, and onto the screen as a new line item. If you are adding a sentence to a SENTENCE-Class file, however, then the prompt line will request a Spanish sentence. NOTE: NEW or Modified line items will be moved to the bottom of the screen. Use of the ESC (escape) key will back LinguaPro up so that if you are in the process of entering the English definition and see you have made an error in the initial Spanish word, the ESC key will return control to the Spanish section. Alternatively, you may simply continue, knowing that LinguaPro will provide a final opportunity to get the entries correct before they are committed. All languages, particulary Spanish, require accent marks. Within LinguaPro accent marks are entered by first typing the parent letter (a, e, i, o, u, n) and then pressing the ALT A key one or more times to cycle through the available choices (hold down the ALT key and press the A key at the same time). Thus you may type the letter n (or N), and immediately press the ALT A key to get the ñ. Note that this same convention is used in the INTENSE modes of the Flashcard system when you are prompted to type in a Spanish word! -68- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Enter the SPANISH word(s) to be added (press ESC if done): A 1 apparently \ al parecer A 2 to seem/appear/look like \ parecer A 3 the wall(of a room) \ la pared A 4 the pair;the couple \ la pareja B 5 the opinion/view;the look \ el parecer B 6 to resemble,to look like \ parecerse a B 7 good looking,well-favored \ bien parecido/a B 8 like/similar \ parecido/a ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 22. The NEW Command 10. "Pnn". The PURGE command is like the KILL command except that ALL words on the line are totally removed and discarded. The words are not archived into the KILLED.SPA file. Be careful with this command! The purge command WILL work with sentences. 11. "Tnn". The TRANSFER command causes an entry (often more than one word) to be moved from one of the loaded data files to another. This command differs from the COPY command ("C") in that the source file is actually altered. The entry, e.g., a word and its definition, is physically moved from the source file to the target file. In both the COPY and the TRANSFER commands, the target file must be an Internal File. Unlike the COPY command, however, the TRANSFER command requires that the source file also be an Internal File. The TRANSFER command cannot be used at all with External Files. If only a single data file is loaded then the TRANSFER command is illegal. If exactly two data files have been loaded, the TRANSFER command will simply move the word(s) to the OTHER data file. If three or more data files have been loaded, however, then the highest numbered file will be selected. If the source file is the highest numbered file, then you will be forced to specify a target file explicitly. Thus the syntax for transferring, say, line #3 to another data file would be: T3 or T3B or T3C .... The first example will transfer the item into the highest numbered file. The second example will transfer the item INTO data file B, and the third example will transfer the item into data file C. -69- The TRANSFER command is especially useful if you would like to isolate specialized vocabulary items. For example, you can load LEVEL1.SPA. You can then load MEDICAL.SPA and BUSINESS.SPA as NEW (empty) vocabulary files (these will be marked as B and C, respectively). You can then use the TRANSFER command to remove medical terminology from LEVEL1.SPA and insert it into MEDICAL.SPA. Similarly, business terminology can be transferred into BUSINESS.SPA. Alternatively, the COPY command ("C") may be used if you wish to keep the original files intact. Note again, however, that NO change is permanently effective until you employ the X command to terminate LinguaPro. ================================== NOTES ON INPUTTING/MODIFYING WORDS ================================== a. When inputting or modifying Spanish or English text, it has already been pointed out that the ALT A key combination must be used to install the proper accent mark. Type the base letter (a, e, i, o, u, n) and immed- iately press ALT A. If the text already exists, position the cursor to the FOLLOWING letter and use the ALT A sequence. Nothing will happen if the cursor is on the letter itself. b. The HOME key will take the cursor to the beginning of the item. The END key will take the cursor to the end of the item. The left and right cursor keys (<- and ->) will move the cursor left and right within the line. c. The CTRL END combination (hold down the CTRL key and press the END key) will delete the current character through the end of the line. The CTRL HOME combination will delete the entire line. d. The INSERT (INS) key will toggle LinguaPro back and forth between INSERT mode and TYPEOVER mode. The bottom of the On-Line Dictionary Screen will display the word INSERT or the word TYPEOVER. e. LinguaPro utilizes a convention that preserves memory space by combining several related words and their definitions within a single line entry (remember that the program has a limit of 5,000 line entries). Individual words or phrases are set off by semicolons. You are encouraged to follow this convention. For example, in Figure 21 lines 7 and 8 could equally well have been set up as a single composite line as follows: similar/alike/resembling;good looking \ parecido/a;bien parcido/a According to the convention employed by LinguaPro, "similar/alike/resembling" matches up with "parecido/a", and "good looking" matches up with "bien parecido/a". Notice also that slashes (/) are used to delimit closely related synonyms, that the word "to" is always prefixed to English verbs, that the word "the" always precedes English nouns, and that Spanish adjectival endings are usually shown as "o/a" to indicate the masculine and feminine endings. This method allows for more vocabulary information to be packed into memory, and also for ease of maintenance since closely related words are kept together. -70- 12. "V". The V command (VERB) is used to access the Verb Reference Facility. It is identical to the V command within the Flashcard Facility. The last search argument used in the Dictionary Facility is used to establish a starting point in the Verb Reference Facility. In other words, if you had last typed "para", the Verb Reference Facility would position you at the first verb that begins with the letters "para" (this might be the verb "parabolizar"). When you exit the Verb Reference Facility by using the ESC key, control will be returned to the Dictionary Facility. The External File feature of the On-Line Dictionary Facility is very powerful. Appendix B.2 provides a full discussion of the F3 key (the FILE Assignment Screen) and the use of the EF command to allocate External Files. Remember that you can construct your own SENTENCE-Class files like UNIT1, SUNIT3, etc. Please consult Appendix B.3 to find out how to accomplish this. -71- VII. THE VERB REFERENCE FACILITY The VERB Reference Facility (VRF) is accessed by typing a V command in either the Flashcard or Dictionary Facilities. The initial position in the VRF depends on which Facility you entered from. If you entered the VRF from the Dictionary Facility, then the last inputted search string is used to pre- position to a verb. If you entered from the Flashcard Facility, LinguaPro will attempt to find a legitimate Spanish verb on the last displayed line and will position to that. If no verb can be identified, the VRF will position to the first verb in the database. If a verb index file (e.g., VRBINDEX.SPA, VRBNDX1.SPA, ..., VRBNDX27.SPA) has been loaded, however, then the VRF will always position to the most recently flashcarded verb since the VRF is spec- ially designed to work in conjunction with an index file. In Figure 23, the VRF is positioned at the verb "dar". Notice that the verb "dar" is verb number 2941 out of the total of 9,256 verbs currently documented in the VRF. The conjugation information for this verb actually takes up 5 Screens (Page # 1/ 5). Notice that the conjugation shown on the Main Screen is a thumbnail sketch of the entire conjugation: Gerund, Past Participle, Present, Imperfect, Preterit, Future, Conditional, Present Subjunctive, Past Subjunctive, and Imperative. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English What is the Spanish Verb? PAGE#: 1/ 5 VERB: dar Conj.: dar Lvl: 1 VERB#: 2941/9256 dar: #vt# to give;to give/hand (an object);to give/deliver (a message);to give (advice);to give/grant (permission);to set (an example);to take (a step); to give/deal (a blow);to give/utter (a shout);to fight (a battle);to fetch/heave (a sigh);to deal (cards);to strike (the hour);#vi# to give dar ; dando ; dado d- -oy -as -a -amos -ais -an d- -aba -abas -aba -ábamos -abais -aban d- -i -iste -io -imos -isteis -ieron dar- -é -ás -á -emos -éis -án dar- -ía -ías -ía -íamos -íais -ían d- -é -es -é -emos -eis -en d- -iera/-iese -ieras/-ieses -iera/-iese -iéramos/-iésemos -ierais/-ieseis -ieran/-iesen d- -- -a;no/-es -é -emos -ad;no/-eis -en Irregular verb F6 (IDIOMS) F7 (PREPOSITIONS) <ESC> (Exit) F1 (HELP Info) F3 (RANDOM Verb) F4 (Print Verb) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 23. VERB Reference Facility (screen 1) -72- You can position to a different verb in one of three ways. If you type in the first few letters (the more the better) of the desired verb and press the ENTER key, LinguaPro will position to the first verb that begins with those characters. If no verb exists within the database that begins with those letters, then a beep will be sounded and the screen will not change. Alternatively, you may utilize the left and right cursor control keys to step sequentially through the available verbs. If the left arrow (<-) is used, LinguaPro will go to the preceding verb. If the right arrow (->) is used, LinguaPro will go to the succeeding verb. The ENTER key alone will also step to the next verb in sequence. To go to the first verb in the VRF, you can type the letter "a" and press the ENTER key. Similarly, to access the last verb in the VRF, you can type the sequence "zz". Finally, the F3 key may be used to display a "randomly" selected verb. This feature is described in complete detail later in this section. NOTE: Unlike the On-line Dictionary Facility (ODF) where text searches ignore accent marks, accents MUST be included when positioning to a verb. Accents can be entered in the usual manner (see the ODF section) by typing the letter and then pressing the ALT A key (several times if necessary to cycle through the available accent marks). You may type an a,e,i,o,u, or n and then hold down the ALT key while pressing the a (or A) key. Thus, to position to the verb "tañer" you should at least enter the three characters "tañ". Similarly, to position to the verb "freír", you should specify at least "freí". Note also that "ch" and "ll" are considered to be single letters in the Spanish language. In other words, if you are going to type one of the letters you need to type them both. Thus to position to the verb "aullar" you should at least type "aull" and not "aul". To see the expanded details of the verb's conjugation, you can employ the up and down arrow keys. The down arrow will cause the display of screens 2, 3, 4, and 5, successively. Pressing the down arrow again will cause the redis- play of screen 1. Similarly, pressing the up arrow key will cause the display of screen 5, and then 4, 3, 2, and 1. HELP (the User's Guide Browser) is available within the VRF by pressing the F1 key. Also, the F2 key will produce a blank screen. The F3 key may be used to achieve a "flashcarding" effect within the VRF. It will cause a verb to be randomly selected and displayed (and will preserve the screen page setting). This is an additional way of drilling on specific tenses for a very large number of verb forms. See the discussion later in this section for details on this useful option. Finally, the F4 key may be used to obtain a one-page PRINTOUT of the current verb. This one-page summary will give the complete definition and conjugation of the chosen verb. These summaries are ideal for being collected in a binder for review of verb conjugations whenever you are away from your PC. -73- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English What is the Spanish Verb? PAGE#: 2/ 5 VERB: dar Conj.: dar Lvl: 1 VERB#: 2941/9256 dar: #vt# to give;to give/hand (an object);to give/deliver (a message);to give (advice);to give/grant (permission);to set (an example);to take (a step); to give/deal (a blow);to give/utter (a shout);to fight (a battle);to fetch/heave (a sigh);to deal (cards);to strike (the hour);#vi# to give PRESENT d- -oy -as -a -amos -ais -an yo doy tú das él da nosotros damos vosotros dais ellos dan IMPERFECT d- -aba -abas -aba -ábamos -abais -aban yo daba tú dabas él daba nosotros dábamos vosotros dabais ellos daban <ESC> (Exit) F1 (HELP Info) F3 (RANDOM Verb) F4 (Print Verb) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 24. VERB Reference Facility (screen 2) The Conjugation field displayed at the top of the VRF Screen shows the conjugation pattern that LinguaPro employs for that verb. A pattern of "std" indicates that the conjugation is totally regular. Similarly, a pattern of "std/orthog." indicates that the conjugation is regular but some "spelling" changes have to be made to preserve the correct sounds. These spelling changes are called ORTHOGRAPHIC changes. Other possible patterns are: o -> ue o -> ue,u o -> üe e -> ie e -> i,i e -> ie,i i -> í u -> ú If the verb is irregular, then this Conjugation field will contain the irreg- ular verb that is used as a "model" for the conjugation of the selected verb. Note that a more expanded description of the conjugation pattern is displayed at the bottom of the screen, e.g., "Irregular verb". This information is only shown on the FIRST page of the 5 page screen display for a given verb. -74- The Lvl (LEVEL) field gives an approximate idea of the commonness of the verb and is intimately related to the Verb Index files described below. A level number of 1 means that the verb is among the 100 most common verbs in written Spanish. A level number of 2 means that the verb is among the next 100 most common verbs. A level number of 25 means that the verb is in the 25th group of about 100 verbs, that is, there are at least 2400 verbs that occur with a higher frequency than it does. The special level numbers of 26 and 27 are described below. Verb index files like VRBINDEX.SPA are designed to work in conjunction with the VRF. These special vocabulary files contain the same verbs and definitions that are documented within the VRF database. You can learn the verbs and definitions in the same way that you would use for any other vocabu- lary file. However, if you use the V command you will automatically enter the VRF and the the screen will display the complete conjugation of the selected verb. The verb definitions within an index file are limited to 125 charac- ters. In some cases you will see that the definition has been chopped. This is signalled by three trailing dots (...). In this case you may enter the VRF with the V command to see the complete definition. The index files VRBNDX1.SPA, ..., VRBNDX26.SPA contain the same 4039 verbs that are contained in the master index file VRBINDEX.SPA, but they are graded in decreasing frequency of use according to two classical studies of Spanish word frequency. For example, VRBNDX1.SPA contains the 100 most frequently encountered verbs in Spanish. VRBNDX2.SPA contains the 100 next most fre- quently encountered verbs. Index files 3 through 24 each contain 100 more verbs, again in decreasing order of frequency. Index file 25 finishes up with 132 verbs. This is as far as the available frequency studies can guide us. The much larger index file VRBNDX26.SPA contains 1506 more verbs that account for all remaining verbs that are contained in the 19000+ word vocabulary provided with LinguaPro (LEVEL1.SPA, ... , LEVEL5.SPA). Finally, VRBNDX27.SPA contains 5217 more verbs of much lower frequency that are not contained in the 19000 vocabu- lary but are nonetheless covered by the VRF. This last file contains verbs that are technical, pejorative or vulgar, obsolete, dialectical or regional, or just rarely encountered (for example nautical verbs). Together, the files VRBINDEX and VRBNDX27 contain the full set of 9256 verbs treated in the VRF. If you have enough memory, both of these files can be loaded simultaneously as vocabulary (WORD-Class) files, and used to drill on the entire set of 9256 verb forms. The F3 key is used to randomly select a verb within the VRF. Its behavior, however, depends upon whether or not you have loaded any Verb Index files. If one or more Verb Index files are loaded, the F3 key will only select verbs that belong to precisely those Verb Index files. In other words, if you have loaded VRBNDX1.SPA and VRBINDX2.SPA, then pressing the F3 key within the VRF will only display verbs of levels 1 and 2, that is, the 200 most common verbs in written Spanish. Similarly, if the master index file VRBINDEX.SPA has been loaded (which encompasses levels 1 through 26), then the F3 key will select from among this entire set of over 4039 verbs. -75- If no Verb Index file has been loaded, the VRF will default to level 1 so that the F3 key will only select level 1 verbs. You may change this, however, by typing the selected level or levels at the VRF's prompt for a verb name: "What is the Spanish Verb?". You may type a single integer in the range 1 to 27 (or 1 to 3 for the Shareware version), or may type an integer, a hyphen, and a second integer to indicate a desired range. Some examples are: 5 8 1-5 1-27 ... If an incorrect value is typed then a beep will be generated and the input will be rejected. The new level specification will be effective on the next use of the F3 key. Within a definition of a verb three special symbols are used to denote whether the verb is transitive, intransitive, or both. These symbols are highlighted in yellow within the definition to make them easy to spot. The symbols are: #vt# -------> Indicates a Transitive verb, that is, a verb that will take a direct object (John "threw" THE BALL). #vi# -------> Indicates an Intransitive verb, that is, a verb that has no direct object (John "fainted"). #vti# -------> Indicates a verb that can be either transitive or intransitive with essentially the same meaning (John "smoked" A CIGARETTE) transitive (John "smoked" after eating) intransitive These may be seen clearly in the definition of "dar" shown in Figure 23. There are two other function keys that may be used with the VRF: F6 and F7. In Figure 23 at the bottom of the screen you can see the message: 'F6 (IDIOMS) F7 (PREPOSITIONS)'. This signifies that the VRF has additional information available for this verb. By pressing the F6 key you can see all of the idioms that the VRF has available that involve the verb "dar". This is shown in Figure 25. Actually, there are many more idioms than will fit on a single screen. Therefore, in Figure 25 you will note that the PgDn key may be used to see further examples. -76- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English ═════════════════════════════ I D I O M S for ════════════════════════════ VERB: dar Conj.: dar Lvl: 1 VERB#: 2941/ 9256 dar: #vt# to give;to give/hand (an object);to give/deliver (a message);to give (advice);to give/grant (permission);to set (an example);to take (a step); to give/deal (a blow);to give/utter (a shout);to fight (a battle);to fetch/heave (a sigh);to deal (cards);to strike (the hour);#vi# to give 1 dar a conocer \ to make known 2 dar a entender \ to hint;to convey/impart 3 dar a luz \ to give birth 4 dar ayotes \ to give one the brush-off 5 dar boleto a uno \ to pay attention to one 6 dar calabazas \ to break off relations 7 dar cuerda a \ to wind (clock) 8 dar curso libre \ to let go/give free rein to 9 dar de baja \ to discharge/drop 10 dar disgustos a \ to cause grief/distress/bug 11 dar el azotón \ to fall flat 12 dar el discurso \ to give the speech 13 dar el parabién a alguien \ to congratulate someone 14 dar el pecho a \ to face things squarely 15 dar el pésame \ to offer one's condolences 16 dar el pésame por \ to present one's condolences ... <ESC> (Exit) PgDn (Next) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 25. VERB Reference Facility (IDIOMs) In Figure 26 you can see the display that results when the F7 key is pressed. This display shows the PREPOSITIONS that normally are used in conjunction with the verb "dar". This screen, too, may be unable to display all available forms and examples. In this case you may page up and down through the display. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(TM) V2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% Spanish->English ═══════════════════════ P R E P O S I T I O N S for ══════════════════════ VERB: dar Conj.: dar Lvl: 1 VERB#: 2941/ 9256 dar: #vt# to give;to give/hand (an object);to give/deliver (a message);to give (advice);to give/grant (permission);to set (an example);to take (a step); to give/deal (a blow);to give/utter (a shout);to fight (a battle);to fetch/heave (a sigh);to deal (cards);to strike (the hour);#vi# to give 1 dar por <noun/pronoun/adj> \ to consider as,to regard as 2 dar con <noun/pronoun> \ to meet,to find,to come upon 3 dar a <noun/pronoun> \ to face,to overlook,to look out upon/over <ESC> (Exit) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 26. VERB Reference Facility (PREPOSITIONs) -77- VIII. EXITING FROM LINGUAPRO/SPANISH If you have not made any real changes to the loaded vocabulary files, then the ESC key (or possibly a repeated use of the ESC key) is sufficient to exit from LinguaPro. If changes have been made, however, then either a Caution, or a Warning screen, will appear to protect you from an unintentional loss of data. The objective is to get you to employ the X command to preserve all statistics and data changes -- as well as positional information for SENTENCE-Class (lesson) files. If the only changes made to the data files have been to flag some missed words in the Flashcard Facility (E command), then the yellow CAUTION screen (Figure 27) will show up. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish !!! C A U T I O N !!! You have altered the statistics of the loaded word/sentence/verb files by marking items that you have missed (E command). If you wish to save your work then type N, press ENTER, and use the X command to exit normally. A LEVEL1.SPA #Entries: 4473 #Words: 4514 #Kills: 0 #Purges: 0 Do you want to EXIT LinguaPro without saving your work? (Y/N): N ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 27. CAUTION Screen This screen will appear if you have marked words as "missed" and have then tried to exit either by use of the ESC key or by use of the U command (UNLOAD). If you really wish to terminate the session and NOT preserve the error statistics, then type a Y and press the ENTER key. If you wish to save the statistical information, then you may press the ENTER key to specify N and you will return to the Flashcard Facility where you can use the X command to exit properly. If, however, you have made more major changes to the working vocabulary files, then a red WARNING Screen will appear (Figure 28). This will happen if you have performed KILLs (K command) within the Flashcard Facility, or per- formed KILLs (K), PURGEs (P), MODIFYs (M), TRANSFERs (T), COPYs (C), or added NEW words (N) within the Dictionary Facility. If you do NOT wish to preserve your work, then type a Y and press the ENTER key. If you wish to make the changes permanent, however, then you should press the ENTER key to specify N and you will return to the Flashcard Facility where you can use the X command to exit properly. -78- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish !!! W A R N I N G !!! You have made substantial changes to the loaded word/sentence/verb files by killing (K), purging (P), adding (N), modifying (M), copying (C) or transferring (T) items. If you wish to save your work then type N, press ENTER, and use the X command to exit normally. A LEVEL1.SPA #Entries: 4472 #Words: 4513 #Kills: 1 #Purges: 0 Do you want to EXIT LinguaPro without saving your work? (Y/N): N ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 28. WARNING Screen -79- (A.APP) APPENDIX A -- THE C-A-T SUMMARY, DISPLAY, and SCAN For information about the C-A-T DISPLAY and the C-A-T SCAN please read this entire Appendix starting with the C-A-T Summary. Also, please read through Section 1.13 on page 26. A.1 The C-A-T SUMMARY ----------------- The C-A-T SUMMARY is contained on lines 2 and 3 of the Flashcarding screen as shown below: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish File: LEVEL1.SPA Loaded: 4473 (ENG) Viewed: 91 C: 85.0 A: 93.0 T: 79.0 %Full: (89.5,43.5) Selected: 4473 (SPA) Viewed: 65 C: 67.0 A: 96.0 T: 64.3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Line 2 contains the C-A-T information in the English to Spanish direction. You can see that the C value (COVERAGE) indicates that you have SEEN 85% of the material contained in LEVEL1.SPA in the English to Spanish direction. This percentage reflects your ENTIRE work with this file -- in this session and in all preceding sessions. Note, however, that in order for this informa- tion to be maintained you MUST exit your LinguaPro sessions with the X command which causes all statistical information to be preserved. You can also see that your accuracy percentage (A) is 93% for the COVERED material. In other words, you have SEEN 85% of the material in the English to Spanish direction, but you have MISSED 7% of the items. Finally, notice that the total mastery percentage (T) is 79%. This is the percentage of the material that you have mastered -- 93% of 85% is 79%. Since you have gotten 93% of the material correct that you have seen, but you have only seen 85% of the material, then you have only mastered 79% of the total material! Line 3 presents the C-A-T information in the Spanish to English direction. The C-A-T information is continuously updated while you are drilling material in the Flashcard facility and is saved whenever you exit from LinguaPro using the X command. If you have loaded MORE than 1 file then the C-A-T SUMMARY represents composite numbers for ALL the loaded files. In order to see the specific values for each loaded file you have to look at the C-A-T DISPLAY which can be obtained by pressing the F3 function key to view the File Assignment Screen, and then pressing the F3 key a second time to bring up the C-A-T DISPLAY. -80- A.2 The C-A-T DISPLAY ----------------- In the above case the C-A-T DISPLAY looks as follows: C-A-T Display for Internal Files ENG > SPA SPA > ENG # E>S S>E E>S S>E File Name C% A% T% C% A% T% items #vwd #vwd #err #err LEVEL1 85.0 93.0 79.0 67.0 96.0 64.3 4473 3803 2997 267 120 Notice that here we have the same information that was shown in the C-A-T SUMMARY plus some counters that show the actual number of drillable items that have been seen, and the number that have been missed. Thus you have seen 3803 items in the English to Spanish direction (the 85% coverage figure), and 2997 items in the Spanish to English direction (the 67% coverage figure). Also, 267 items have been missed (have non-zero error counters) in the English to Spanish direction and 120 items have been missed in the Spanish to English direction. This accounts for the accuracy figures of 93% and 96%, respectively. If more than one file had been loaded for flashcarding then the C-A-T DISPLAY provides a separate breakdown for each. A.3 The C-A-T SCAN -------------- The C-A-T SCAN is designed to help you plan your daily work with LinguaPro by pinpointing the vocabulary files, verb files, or lesson files that you have not yet mastered! The C-A-T SCAN is only accessible from the LinguaPro File Loading Screen -- the very first screen that you see when you enter LinguaPro (prompting for a file name to load). To activate the C-A-T SCAN, first press the F1 key to bring up the screen that summarizes all files that are available for loading, that is, that have the SPA suffix. Then, press the F3 key to enter the C-A-T SCAN facility. At this point you have a number of choices: 1) You can scan ALL of the standard files by specifying ALL and then pressing the ENTER key. 2) You can scan all files of a given type by specifying, for example, LEVEL, TVERB, UNIT, SUNIT, VRBNDX, etc. and then pressing the ENTER key. In the example below you typed in LEVEL and pressed the ENTER key. 3) You can scan a single file by typing its specific file name, e.g., LEVEL4, UNIT19, etc. -81- LinguaPro(tm) V2.60 C-A-T S C A N FACILITY >>> File Family: LEVEL ENG > SPA SPA > ENG # E>S S>E E>S S>E File Name C% A% T% C% A% T% items #vwd #vwd #err #err LEVEL1 85.0 93.0 79.0 67.0 96.0 64.3 4473 3803 2997 267 120 LEVEL2 61.0 89.5 56.7 51.0 92.5 47.2 3937 2402 2008 277 151 LEVEL3 42.0 81.0 34.0 35.0 88.4 30.9 4001 1681 1401 319 163 LEVEL4 15.0 65.3 9.8 17.2 81.5 14.0 3746 562 644 195 126 LEVEL5 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 2566 0 0 0 0 The interpretation of the various fields is identical to the C-A-T DISPLAY described in the previous section. Notice that LEVEL5 has to date not yet been drilled. In addition, you showed questionable judgement in drilling on LEVEL2, 3, and 4 when LEVEL1 was obviously still far from being mastered :) You may obtain a printout of this material by simply pressing the F4 function key. -82- (B.APP) APPENDIX B -- ADVANCED TOPICS B.1 Working with the KILLED File ---------------------------- The KILLED.SPA file will accumulate any items that you have "killed" in WORD-Class files. Thus, with time it may become very large. It is a good idea to load the KILLED file as an Internal File from time to time for two reasons: 1. To ensure that the file is not getting so big that it will soon become unloadable as an Internal File. 2. To review the words that you have "killed" to make sure that they have been truly mastered. That is, use the flashcarding facility to drill on the words just as you would any ordinary vocabulary file. Remember that the KILLED file can always be referenced as an External File from the ODF no matter how big it is (see Appendix B.2). But there are advantages in never letting a file get so big that it is not potentially loadable. For one thing, only loaded files can be manipulated with the ODF. If the KILLED file is getting too large then there are two potential solu- tions: Solution 1: Load the KILLED file explicitly and "kill" any of its words that are too trivial for your current stage of mastery. This is not recommended since these words will be lost forever. Solution 2: Use the DOS RENAME command to rename the KILLED file to something else, e.g., ARCHIVE1.SPA. In this case LinguaPro will start a brand-new KILLED file the next time a "kill" is performed. By continuing this process you will always preserve all of your words. All words ever drilled upon will be accessible as External Files through the ODF. It is strongly recommended that you periodically drill on the KILLED file and use the standard flashcarding features to do so. However, do not do a "kill" when the KILLED file is loaded because LinguaPro will automatically turn it into a "purge" (P command). Finally, periodically rename the KILLED file to form a series of archival files, e.g., ARCHIVE1, ARCHIVE2, etc. As discussed in the next section, these files can be automatically referenced as part of standard searches so that you will always have access to all of your vocabulary items. -83- B.2 Using EXTERNAL Files -------------------- The material in this section relates exclusively to the On-Line Diction- ary Facility (ODF). This section describes the use of the F3 key, the use of the "EF" command for assigning External Files, and the way in which External Files participate in searches. Remember that External File searches require disk I/O and that it is highly recommended that you set up a disk cache program before making heavy use of this capability. Remember that the COPY command ("C") may be used to copy words and their definitions from an External File to an Internal File, as well as from one Internal File to another! This is very useful, for example, for users who wish to quickly construct vocabulary files that match a particular textbook. The EF (External File Command) has 3 basic modes: Mode 1: EF Mode 2: EF/ Mode 3: EF/3-5,KILLED,ARCHIVE1 Mode 1 simply involves typing an EF and pressing the ENTER key. This command drops ALL External Files. From that point onward, all ODF searches will be made with Internal Files only. Mode 2 RECALLS the previous non-blank EF command string so that you can EDIT (modify) your previous selection of External Files. The last non-blank command string is always saved for you in the system file LP.LIB. Once you have typed EF/ you may see an expanded line like: EF/3-5,KILLED,MEDICAL,QUIXOTE You may edit this string just like you would any word or sentence and press the ENTER key to commit to the change. At this point, this new non-blank string will be stored in LP.LIB for use the next time you type EF/. Mode 3 simply specifies an entire External File string in one operation. Generally, you will find it more convenient to type EF/ first and simply edit the specification used previously. The syntax of the EF string is as follows: 1. All External File names are separated by commas and follow the EF/ header symbol. 2. You are not allowed to use file suffixes in the EF line. LinguaPro already knows that the suffixes will be .SPA. -84- 3. Internal files are always searched first. Then, External Files are searched in the order specified in the EF/ string. The one exception is that the KILLED file, if it is specified, is always searched first no matter what order was used to specify it! 4. The abbreviation K may be used for the KILLED file. Similarly, the integers 1, 2, 3, ... 9 are interpreted to mean the files LEVEL1, LEVEL2, LEVEL3, ... LEVEL9. Also, you may denote a range of levels by using a syntax like: 3-5 (which means LEVEL3, LEVEL4, and LEVEL5). 5. You may not duplicate any file names. If a file is already loaded as an Internal File you may not also specify it as an External File. Nor may the same External File be referenced twice. 6. File IDs are assigned as follows. First, if the KILLED file has been specified (by K or KILLED) then it will be assigned File ID K. Otherwise, all File IDs are assigned the letters L, M, N, etc. 7. Version 2.60 of LinguaPro/SPANISH supports up to 10 (TEN) External Files in an EF/ specification. If an External File specification is active (non-blank EF string), then line 3 of the screen will always show the EF string being utilized. Also, the F3 key may be used to see the file assignments explicitly (the File Assign- ment Screen). If you wish to utilize LinguaPro as a large on-line dictionary for read- ing purposes then you should do the following. First, load as many of the files as possible as Internal Files, e.g., load LEVEL1 and LEVEL2. Then, assign the remaining levels as External Files by using the EF/ command in the ODF. Be sure to include the KILLED file (K) if it contains words that you wish to be searched. Finally, optimize system performance by using a disk caching program if possible. Assuming that LEVEL1 and LEVEL2 have been loaded, then a typical EF command would be: EF/K,3-5 When searches are made in the ODF, the file IDs will appear in Column 1 as shown, for example, in Figure 21. The Internal Files will have IDs of A, B, C, D, E, and F (if six files are loaded), and External Files will have IDs of K, L, M, N, O, .... Again, the K symbol will only appear if the KILLED file is loaded. You may examine the current file assignments by using the F3 key in the ODF. This will bring up the File Assignment Screen shown in Figure 29. You can see in this figure that pressing the F3 key again will bring up the C-A-T DISPLAY discussed in Section 1.13 and Appendix A. -85- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LinguaPro(tm) v2.60c-The Professional Language Assistant 100% English->Spanish INTERNAL FILES A LEVEL1.SPA #Entries: 4473 #Drill Items: 4473 #Kills: 0 #Purges: 0 B LEVEL2.SPA #Entries: 3937 #Drill Items: 3956 #Kills: 0 #Purges: 0 EXTERNAL FILES L LEVEL3.SPA #Entries: 4001 #Words/Sents: 4022 Last Modified: 11/ 5/94 M LEVEL4.SPA #Entries: 3746 #Words/Sents: 3756 Last Modified: 11/ 5/94 N LEVEL5.SPA #Entries: 2566 #Words/Sents: 2580 Last Modified: 11/ 6/94 Press F3 for C-A-T DISPLAY, or any other key to EXIT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 29. File Assignment Screen B.3 Constructing new SENTENCE-Class Files (Build your own lessons) -------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 30 summarizes the rules that you must follow to create a Sentence- Class file. In order to create a valid SENTENCE, at least one part-of-speech bracket must be created. A good example, drawn from the file UNIT3.SPA is the following: ¿av[cuánto] v[cuesta] n[un taxi] av[a la Embajada Americana]? av[how much] (does) n[a taxi] av[to the American Embassy] v[cost]? Notice that both the Spanish and the English sentences contain exactly the same 4 brackets (although in a different order) in accordance with the rules listed in Figure 30. For example, there are no more than 3 brackets of a single type, and that in the case of the doubled adverbial brackets (av[]), the relative ordering is preserved. If you use the ODF to create, or modify, a sentence form, you will be notified if you violate one of the rules. The next example shows that a "sentence" may consist of just a word -- as long as it exhibits bracketing behavior. The word "the avenue" is technically part of a "sentence" because of the existence of the noun bracket (n[]). n[la avenida] n[the avenue] -86- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ All SENTENCES must contain at least 1 Bracket Type as follows: v[ ] verb NOTES: av[ ] adverb 1. If you have a long sentence that doesn't n[ ] noun quite fit the 125 character limit you may pn[ ] pronoun omit spaces after the closing brackets "]" aj[ ] adjective as well as after special characters like pp[ ] preposition ",", ".",")", etc. c[ ] conjunction 2. You may use brackets to delimit single words, i[ ] interjection or complete phrases, e.g., a noun phrase. RULES: 1. The number of brackets of each type must match EXACTLY between the Spanish and English components, e.g., if the Spanish component has 2 noun brackets then the English component must have 2 noun brackets. 2. The Spanish or English components of the SENTENCE must contain no more than 3 brackets of the same type, e.g., at most 3 verb brackets. 3. If two brackets of the same type occur in both the Spanish and the English components of the SENTENCE then the RELATIVE ORDERING must be the same, e.g., the first noun must correspond to the first noun. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Figure 30. RULES FOR CONSTRUCTING SENTENCE-CLASS FILES It is important that WORD-Class files contain ONLY words, or ONLY sentences without the foregoing delimiter brackets. It is also important that SENTENCE-Class files contain ONLY sentences, or words with delimiter brackets. Such files are "pure" files because they contain only a single type of entity. All data files distributed with LinguaPro/SPANISH are "pure" files of one of the three principal types: WORD-Class, SENTENCE-Class, and VERB-Class. -87- (C.APP) APPENDIX C -- OPERATIONAL NOTES & PROBLEM SOLVING a. Please see Appendix K for information on the meanings of the various error messages that LinguaPro may generate. Please report any occurr- ences of "FATAL ERRORS" to us. b. If you are making frequent changes to vocabulary files by performing KILLs, adding words, or modifying words, it is strongly recommended that you copy the various *.SPA files to a backup medium on a regular basis. Remember that when you save a file (the X command), the previous file is overwritten. If you run out of disk space during the store operation, or if you suffer a power transient, then your file may be corrupted! c. If you are using LinguaPro in an environment in which you may be interrupted occasionally by people curious about what you are doing, remember that the F2 key will instantly give you a blank screen. Also, the Z command will shut off the musical sounds employed by the program. You will still get beeps, of course, if you type something incorrectly. You can verify that sound is disabled by looking for the word "NOSOUND" at the top of the screen. d. If searches of External Files are taking too long, see about setting up a disk caching program like SMARTDRV (See Section 1.11). If you are already using a disk cache program, then see if you can increase the amount of cache space. Bear in mind that Windows may reduce your available cache space enormously if you are running LinguaPro under Windows. You will probably have far better performance if you shut down Windows entirely when you are using the External File capabilities of LinguaPro. e. If you have inadvertently modified this User's Guide, then the User's Guide Browser (accessed via the F1 key) may not work correctly. In this case you should restore the original UGUIDE.DOC file from your release floppies. If, on the other hand, you have intentionally modified the file UGUIDE.DOC (perhaps to clarify the documentation in a Language Lab situation), then you need to force LinguaPro to rebuild its User's Guide indexing database. In this case you should exit to a DOS prompt and delete the *.BIN files (i.e., USORT.BIN and SPA.BIN). When you enter LinguaPro again the User's Guide indexing database (which is contained in the LP.LIB file) will be reconstructed. f. If your printouts of this User's Guide or verb conjugations (see the F4 command in the VRF) do not show Spanish words with the correct accent marks, please check your printer's manual to find out how to specify a font that includes the international character set. See Section 1.14 for more information on using the various print features of LinguaPro. -88- (D.APP) APPENDIX D -- SUGGESTED STUDY APPROACHES - When learning Vocabulary Items (and the UNIT/SUNIT lessons): a. Load a data file, e.g., LEVEL1.SPA, VRBINDEX.SPA, or VOCAB1.SPA (for vocabulary building) or UNIT3 (for sentence drill) and select group 1 only! When this group has been mastered, use the R command to RECYCLE and pick group 2 only! When this group has been mastered, use the R command again and pick groups 1-2 for review. Then do group 3, groups 1-3, group 4, etc. b. If you are an English-speaking person then first learn the various groups in the Spanish to English mode before attempting the reverse direction. Use the HONOR System (E command) in INTENSE mode 1 in the initial learning stages to build up a rapid recognition capability. c. After you have a good comprehension of the words in the English to Spanish direction, activate INTENSE mode 2 (the II command) to finalize your knowledge of the exact spelling (especially the genders and accent marks) and shades of meaning of the vocabulary items. d. Revert back to INTENSE mode 1 (the HONOR System) to achieve final mastery. Also, consider selecting a 50-50 mixture so that you are drilling all words in a bilingual fashion. - When learning Verb Items: a. Load TVERB1.SPA, select the Present Tense only, pick a single verb, and be sure to indicate if you are a female speaker. You should leave all subject pronouns enabled until you have thoroughly learned them. b. Use the S command (SWITCH) to enter GRAMMATICAL mode. Set the mix- ture controls to display Spanish on the left. You should use Gram- matical mode until you are comfortable with the verb conjugation in the selected tenses before switching back to the natural mode wherein the verb forms are presented in a sentence form. c. Be sure to utilize INTENSE mode 2 to verify that you have really mastered the exact spellings (including accent marks) of the various conjugated forms! -89- (E.APP) APPENDIX E -- THINGS TO TRY - The verb capabilities of LinguaPro are quite extensive. Be sure that you load the file TVERB1.SPA (for example) and try the following: a. Use the << and >> mixture commands to select Spanish on the left or English on the left. b. Try the autoconjugating command (CC) to get the complete conjuga- tions of the verb form interspersed with the generated sentences. c. Try the S command to SWITCH presentation modes to the GRAMMATICAL mode of presentation. While in this mode, also try the << and >> mixture control commands. d. Try INTENSE mode 2 (II command) to reach the final stage of mastery over Spanish verb forms. Remember that if you are using the Switched (Grammatical) mode, then you have to have English on the left-hand side before the I and II commands will be effective. e. Try the V command to get to the Verb Reference Facility (VRF). While in the VRF, try typing 'a ENTER', 'b ENTER', ... to position to the first verb beginning with the letter 'a', 'b', etc. Use the cursor control keys to select previous/successor verbs or to step up and down through the complete conjugation of the verb. f. Use the F4 key to make yourself printouts of the verbs that you would like to master. Collect these 1-page summaries in a notebook and keep it with you. Review these verb conjugations whenever you have a few spare minutes. - Load the file VRBNDX1.SPA and drill on these 100 high-frequency verbs as vocabulary items. Then work with VRBNDX2.SPA, VRBNDX3.SPA, and so forth until VRBNDX26.SPA has been mastered (4039 verbs). Then load the single master index file VRBINDEX.SPA and drill on all 4039 verbs sim- ultaneously. Whenever a conjugation is in doubt, use the V command to enter the VRF. The complete conjugation of the selected verb will be immediately displayed. Note: Shareware users will not have the indi- vidual VRBNDX-type files and have only a smaller master index file called VRBINDEX.SPA. This contains definitions for 138 high-frequency Spanish verbs. -90- (F.APP) APPENDIX F -- QUICK-START INFORMATION FOR FIRST-TIME USERS The following information is intended to get you up and running with LinguaPro as quickly as possible. You should read this material first and then go back and start at the beginning of this User's Guide. F.1 Loading a File -------------- <<< START >>> PLEASE READ THIS MATERIAL UNTIL YOU SEE THE <<< END >>> SYMBOL WHICH INDICATES THE END OF THIS PARTICULAR TOPIC. AFTER YOU ARE FAMILIAR WITH ALL OF THIS QUICK START MATERIAL, YOU SHOULD GO TO THE BEGINNING OF THIS USER'S GUIDE AND READ IT IN ITS ENTIRETY. THE HOME KEY WILL TAKE YOU TO THE FIRST PAGE. ============================================================================== If you are viewing this Quick Start material after having pressed the F1 (HELP) key to access the User's Guide Browser, then you need to understand the features that the Browser provides. For example, you can use the cursor con- trol keys (up and down arrows) to move up or down in this material a line at a time. You may also use the PgUp and PgDn keys to move up and down a "screen" (22 lines) at a time. If you are using the numeric keypad, make sure that the Num Lock light is off so that you actually get the PgUp and PgDn keys -- and not the numbers 9 and 3! You may also use the HOME key to go to the first page of this User's Guide (the Table of Contents), and you may use the END key to go to the last page of this User's Guide (the Index). Again, make sure that the Num Lock light is off if you use these keys on the numeric keypad. Also, this Browser allows you to go directly to a SPECIFIC PAGE of the User's Guide. This is very convenient since both the Table of Contents and the Index provide page numbers. Simply type in a desired page number and press the ENTER key. Finally, the Browser will let you PRINT any desired range of pages from the User's Guide to your printer. First determine the pages that you wish to print, then press the F4 key. You will be prompted for a starting page number, and then an ending page number. Please make sure that your printer is turned on, and is on-line before using this print feature. With this feature, if you do wish to have a printout of the User's Guide, you may print it a group of pages at a time rather than attempting it all at once. Also, if the printer jams in the middle of the operation you can simply fix the problem and start the printing process at the point that you left off. IMPORTANT NOTE: Before attempting to print the User's Guide please read Section 1.14 (page 27). -91- ============================================================================== If you wish more information about File Loading than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section II "Loading Data Files" ....... page 28 Also, you should look at the following Appendices as soon as you have time: a. Appendix G (page 131) contains a complete introduction to Spanish PRONUNCIATION and stress placement. b. Appendix H (page 141) contains complete information on how you can order a Registered Version of LinguaPro/SPANISH. ---> c. Appendix I (page 144) contains IMPORTANT INFORMATION for NEW users! d. Appendix J (page 153) contains the complete Table of Contents for the Foreign Service Institute's BASIC SPANISH COURSE. e. Appendix K (page 162) describes all of the error messages that LinguaPro may generate and tells you what to do when you get them. ============================================================================== LinguaPro/SPANISH employs three distinct classes of data files: 1) SENTENCE Class (Lessons, e.g., UNIT1.SPA, SUNIT1.SPA, SAMPLER1.SPA) 2) WORD Class (Vocabulary, e.g., LEVEL0.SPA and VRBINDEX.SPA) 3) VERB Class (Verbs, e.g., TVERB0.SPA) The overall functioning of LinguaPro depends on which of these three kinds of files you choose to load via the File Loading Screen (the initial screen). The File Loading Screen will prompt you for a file name as follows: Which Data File do you want to Load? (press F1 for HELP) When you get this prompt you may either press the ESC (Escape) key to exit from LinguaPro, or you may type in a file name and then press the ENTER key to begin a LinguaPro session. We will assume first that you will type UNIT1 and then press the ENTER key. Although LinguaPro/SPANISH file names have a suffix of ".SPA", you do not need to type the suffix. You will have already observed that these suffixes are omitted in the display of available files that comes up on your screen when you press the F1 function key at the File Loading Screen. It also doesn't matter if you type the file name in upper- case or lower-case. -92- UNIT1 begins the Latin-American conversational course originally develop- ed by the U.S. Foreign Service Institute. LinguaPro provides a complete com- puterization of this course including all notes, commentary, and grammatical information. The Shareware version of LinguaPro supplies you with UNIT1, UNIT2, UNIT3, and UNIT4. The first two units consist mainly of common and useful phrases, and the general tone of the overall course is set with UNIT3 which exhibits the dialog and exercise structure used throughout the remainder of the course. However, beginning with Unit 16 the FSI course includes an increasing amount of reading material. LinguaPro includes this material also. The BASE Registered Version of LinguaPro/SPANISH (Beginner level) provides 14 additional units (UNIT5 - UNIT18). If you are a more advanced student you may elect to order the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version which provides seventeen additional units (UNIT5 - UNIT35). If you decide to start with the Beginner version you may upgrade later to the Intermediate level by ordering Expansion Set #1. In the second quarter of 1995 the remaining 20 units of this course (UNIT36 - UNIT55) will be available and may be ordered as Expansion Set #2 (Advanced level). Note that the file SAMPLER1 contains excerpts from UNIT6, 9, 12, 15, and 18, and thus provides you with a good idea of the level of Spanish that is presented at this BEGINNER level (BASE Registered Version). Also, the file SAMPLER3 contains excerpts from UNIT20, 23, 26, 29, 32, and 35, and shows you the type of material provided at the Intermediate level (INTER- MEDIATE Registered Version). Once you have loaded UNIT1 you will see the prompt line reappear asking you for the name of a data file. The screen will also show that UNIT1 has already been loaded. At this point you should just press the ENTER key to indicate that you only wish to load the one file. As you will learn later, LinguaPro will allow you to load up to 6 of these SENTENCE-Class files, but at this point just load a single file. The next screen will be the ORDER SELECTION SCREEN. When this screen appears you may press F1 again for HELP information specific to that screen. Use F1 as each screen appears until you have mastered the information contained in this Appendix (Quick Start Infor- mation) of the LinguaPro User's Guide. You should then take advantage of the User's Guide Browser to read the remainder of the User's Guide. If you would rather have a printed copy of the User's Guide, you may accomplish this through the Browser itself. Simply press the F4 key and specify the first and last page that you would like to print. If you specify page 1 and 178 then the Browser will print the entire guide. Or you may specify a single page or any other desired range. You should also read Appendix I (page 144). This Appendix contains important introductory information about LinguaPro, fully describes the additional files that will be shipped to you when you register, and describes features that will be available in the near future. -93- Once you have looked at UNIT1, UNIT2, UNIT3, and UNIT4, and have gained some experience in using the Flashcarding Facility with these files, you should then load SUNIT1 (and then SUNIT2 and SUNIT3) to try out this Castilian course (provided with the Registered Versions only). The SUNIT series imple- ments a computerization of the Spanish HEADSTART for Spain course developed by the U.S. Defense Language Institute. This course is directed to persons wish- ing to learn Spanish as it is spoken in Spain rather than in Latin America. The main difference that you will note is the use of a new pronoun,"vosotros", and its associated verb forms. The Registered Versions of LinguaPro provide all twelve lessons of this Castilian course (SUNIT1, ..., SUNIT12). Note that the file SAMPLER2 contains excerpts from SUNIT1, 3, 6, 9, and 12, and thus will give you a good idea of the material that is presented in this Castilian course. UNIT1 and SUNIT1 (and the SAMPLER files) represent SENTENCE-Class files. Let's now move to a WORD-Class file and see how LinguaPro may be used to help you absorb a vast amount of vocabulary in a short span of time. This time specify the file name LEVEL0 at the File Loading screen. This file contains over 700 of the most common Spanish words. Again, just press the ENTER key when you are prompted for another file name. You will then see the Group Selection Screen. Press F1 at this prompt and you will be taught step-by-step how to utilize the Flashcard Facility for vocabulary flashcard- ing. The Registered Versions of LinguaPro provide five additional LEVEL files: LEVEL1.SPA, ..., LEVEL5.SPA totaling about 19000 words. These files are graded in decreasing frequency of use so that LEVEL1 contains about 4500 words that are of high frequency, LEVEL2.SPA contains the next 4000 or so Spanish words that occur a bit less frequently, and so on. The Registered Versions also contain 20 specialized vocabulary files: VOCAB1.SPA, ..., VOCAB20.SPA. These are described in Appendix L. The two Script files, SCRIPT1 and SCRIPT2 are designed to be used in conjunction with the supplied 90-minute audio tape. Load SCRIPT1 for side one of the tape, and SCRIPT2 for side two of the tape. Simply press the ENTER key to follow along with the tape. If you would like a hardcopy printout of these script files, then you may use the PRTSCRPT utility program. This utility program is supplied with the Registered Versions. Finally, let's look at a VERB-Class file. VERB-Class files like TVERB0 allow you to master the intricacies of Spanish verb conjugations. You will initially be presented with a series of screens asking you to select desired verb tenses, verbs, persons, and several miscellaneous options. The F1 key may be used at each of these screens to help you at each step of the way. When you enter the Flashcarding Facility for Verbs you will see complete, synthesized sentences in English and Spanish that exercise your selected verbs in the tenses and persons desired. The file TVERB0 contains sentence gener- ators for five important verbs: "hablar", "comer", "vivir", "ser" and "estar". The first three of these verbs exhibit the three fundamental conjugation types of Spanish: "ar" verbs, "er" verbs, and "ir" verbs. The last two verbs are both irregular and form the two different ways that Spanish can express the concept of "to be". The Registered Versions of LinguaPro/SPANISH provides five additional VERB-Class files: TVERB1.SPA, ..., TVERB5.SPA. Each of these files covers 76 verbs (for a total of 380 Spanish verbs). -94- After you have gained familiarity with the Flashcarding method used for each of these three classes of files, then you should look at the other two main divisions of LinguaPro/SPANISH: the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) and the VERB Reference Facility (VRF). These facilities are accessed from the Flashcard Facility by means of the D and V commands, respectively. Note, however, that the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) is NOT accessible if you are flashcarding with a VERB-Class file. The VERB Reference Facility is available during all three Flashcarding modes. There are two other WORD-Class files that require brief discussion: KILLED.SPA VRBINDEX.SPA The file KILLED.SPA will not exist until you begin to KILL words with the KILL (K) command. If you load LEVEL0.SPA, for example, and begin to master its vocabulary using the Flashcarding Facility, then you may gradually mark words that you have mastered by using the K command. Such "killed" words are moved into the special file KILLED.SPA at the time you exit normally from LinguaPro by using the X command (EXIT). Please consult Appendix B.1 to learn how to manipulate the KILLED file. Since it is a WORD-Class file you can actually load it and use the flashcarding machinery to check periodically if you have truly mastered these words. You may also move some of the "killed" words back into your main vocabulary files if you don't know them as well as you thought. Finally, the file VRBINDEX.SPA is a special vocabulary file consisting exclusively of verbs and their definitions. VRBINDEX contains all of the verbs that are found in the TVERB files (e.g., TVERB0), the UNIT and SUNIT files, and the LEVEL files (e.g., LEVEL0). This file is designed to allow you to use the flashcarding machinery to master the definitions of the verbs, and then to access the VERB Reference Facility (VRF) (by using the V command) in order to check your understanding of the verb conjugations. The Shareware version of LinguaPro supplies a single index file, and the VRF covers 138 Spanish verbs. The Registered Versions of LinguaPro supply 27 graded index files, and the Verb Reference Facility (VRF) contains the definitions and conjugations of 9256 Spanish verbs. Another important feature of the VRF is that it makes it easy for you to obtain 1-page mini-summaries of any desired verb. Simply press the F4 key and the VRF will print out on your printer the complete definition and conjugation of the currently selected verb. You will find complete information on how to obtain your Registered Vers- ion of LinguaPro/SPANISH in Appendix H (page 141). You may obtain a printed copy of this registration form by pressing F1 at the File Loading Screen (the first screen that you see when you activate LinguaPro by typing "LP"), and then following the on-screen instructions. This Appendix contains complete information on how to register via check or credit card. <<< END >>> -95- F.2 Loading Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files ------------------------------------- The following material is pertinent if you have loaded a WORD-Class file like LEVEL0.SPA, or VRBINDEX.SPA. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Loading WORD-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section 2.1 "Loading Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files" ....... page 29 ============================================================================== F.2.1 The Group Selection Screen -------------------------- <<< START>>> When LinguaPro prompts you for a group number, or a range of groups, simply press the ENTER key to select ALL groups. The selection of a specific group or groups is a more advanced capability. We will describe it briefly in the next paragraph and you may learn about it in depth by referring to the indicated page in this User's Guide. The Group Selection Screen is intended to allow you to learn a large col- lection of words in bite-sized chunks. For example, consider that the vocabu- lary file LEVEL1.SPA contains over 4500 words. These are the most frequently used words in Spanish and you should definitely learn them ... but, that is a lot of material to absorb. What the group selection machinery does is to seg- ment this massive number of words into about 45 groups of 100 words each. You can think of these as being "mini-files" contained within the single large file. LinguaPro randomly selects about 100 words out of this 4500 word set and calls it group 1. It then randomly picks another 100 words or so and calls this set group 2. In this way all 4500 words are divided up among these 100 groups. Now, when you load LEVEL1.SPA you may select just group 1. LinguaPro will then behave as if you had just loaded a vocabulary file of 100 words. You can practice with group 1 for a few days until you have mastered these words. Then you might consider specifying group 2 and working on these words for a few days. For purposes of reinforcement you might then select BOTH groups 1 and 2 so that you can review 200 words. If you continue this process then in a short time you will have mastered the entire vocabulary file. When your C-A-T percentages have all hit 100% (see Section 1.13 and Appendix A), then it is time for you to move on to LEVEL2.SPA. -96- The key idea is that every time you specify a particular group you will be drilled on JUST those 100 or so words -- and they will be the SAME words every time you pick that group. However, the ORDER will always be DIFFERENT. LinguaPro will always RANDOMIZE the words shown to you. The only time that the contents of the groups will CHANGE is if you begin to "kill" words. This begins to make the file smaller so that the total number of groups will begin to decrease and the composition of the words in particular groups will change. As long as you DO NOT perform "kills" (or add new words using the On-line Dictionary Facility), the individual groups will always consist of the same words. The Group Selection machinery is one way in which LinguaPro assists you in learning a large number of words by parceling out words in reasonable-sized chunks. The second technique is that of "clusters". No matter how many groups you may have selected, LinguaPro will always randomly pick out about 30-35 words which are called a cluster. You will be drilled on a given cluster until your error rate is acceptable. Then the next cluster will be presented. LinguaPro provides you with commands that exert control over the Cluster Machinery. These commands are "F" (Freeze) and "A" (Advance). The FREEZE command forces LinguaPro to stay in the same cluster (30-35 words) until you specifically force it to advance to the next cluster with the ADVANCE command. So if you had selected just 1 group (e.g., group 7), which contains about 100 words, LinguaPro will drill you on that material by using three separate clusters of about 30-35 words each. Thus the cluster is the fundamental unit of the Flashcarding process. The Group and Cluster concepts working together, coupled with the continual reinforcement of words that you have missed, en- sures that you can indeed master tens of thousands of words. When you become more familiar with LinguaPro operation, bear in mind that the R (RECYCLE) command will exit you from the flashcarding process and bring you back to THIS screen where you can select a different group or groups. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Group Selection than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 31. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -97- F.3 Loading UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files --------------------------------------------- The following material is pertinent if you have loaded a SENTENCE-Class file like UNIT1.SPA. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Loading SENTENCE-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section 2.2 "Loading UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files .... 31 ============================================================================== F.3.1 The Order Selection Screen -------------------------- <<< START >>> When you have loaded a lesson-type (SENTENCE-Class) file like UNIT1.SPA, LinguaPro will ask you if you wish the material to be presented in ORDER. You should either press the ENTER key, or type a Y and press the ENTER key, to indicate that the answer is yes. You should only answer N (NO) if you have worked with the material for a considerable time and are ready to have its words and sentences flashed to you in a random order. When you become more familiar with LinguaPro operation, bear in mind that the R (RECYCLE) command will exit you from the flashcarding process and bring you back to THIS screen where you can select different flashcarding options. The option to get material presented in a sequential fashion (initially) is limited to SENTENCE-class files (e.g., UNIT1.SPA, SUNIT1.SPA) because, in contrast to pure vocabulary items, sentences are often presented in a dialog or narrative form involving questions and responses. In other cases, the gender of an "it" (or a person) in one sentence requires knowing the nature of the object (or the identity of the person) referred to in the previous sentence. Thus, when you are beginning to learn a lesson you should always start in the sequential (ordered) mode. Of course, once you start making errors, LinguaPro will inject previously missed sentences into the sequential flow. This will disrupt the continuity of the presentation only slightly. The sequential presentation will automatically revert to a random presen- tation once you have made a complete pass through the selected material in the current session. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about the Order Selection Screen than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 34. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -98- F.3.2 The Notes and Grammatical Info Selection Screen ----------------------------------------------- <<< START >>> You will only see this prompt if you have loaded a lesson-type file (SENTENCE-Class) like UNIT1.SPA -- and you have requested a sequential (ordered) presentation. You should press the ENTER key, or type Y and press the ENTER key, to indicate that you DO WISH to see all available notes, grammatical information, cultural information, and so forth. Once you have attained a degree of mastery of the lesson, and have absorbed the information contained in the Notes, then you may specify N (NO) at this prompt in order to suppress this supplemental material. When you finish with this screen you will next see the Bookmark Screen, provided that you have worked with this file previously. If not, you will go directly into the Flashcarding Facility. Whenever you exit normally via the X command, LinguaPro records the point that you had reached within the lesson. You will then have the option of continuing from that point when you begin a subsequent session. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about the Notes and Grammatical Info Selection Screen than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 35. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -99- F.3.3 The Bookmark Screen (starting where you left off) ------------------------------------------------- <<< START>>> You will only see this prompt if you have loaded a single lesson-type file (SENTENCE-Class) like UNIT1.SPA -- and you have requested a sequential (ordered) presentation -- and if you have previously worked with this file and saved your results in the normal fashion (X command). This screen asks you if you wish to continue at the point that you were at the last time you drilled on this file. The default is Y (YES). If you simply press the ENTER key then LinguaPro will position you to where you were previously. If you type an N (or anything else), then you will start back at the beginning of the lesson. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about the Bookmark Screen than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 35. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -100- F.4 Loading TVERB (VERB-Class) Files -------------------------------- The following material is pertinent if you have loaded a VERB-Class file like TVERB1.SPA. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Loading VERB-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section 2.3 "Loading TVERB (VERB-Class) Files ................. 36 ============================================================================== F.4.1 The Tense Selection Menu ------------------------ <<< START >>> When you have loaded a VERB-Class file like TVERB0.SPA the first menu screen that appears will be the Tense Selection Menu. This menu lists the fifteen (15) principal verb tenses in Spanish, numbered 1 through 15, and also includes the gerund and past participle as "tense" number 0. If this is this first time that you have loaded a verb file then you will see an asterisk (*) next to tense number 1, the Present Tense. This is the tense that you will want to start with. So all you have to do is press the ENTER key to proceed to the next menu. The following material explains what you should do AFTER you have worked with the Present Tense for a while. Please do not worry about reading the following material when you are just getting started with LinguaPro. When you become more familiar with LinguaPro operation, bear in mind that the R (RECYCLE) command will exit you from the flashcarding process and bring you back to THIS menu where you can reselect tenses, verbs, etc. The asterisk or asterisks mark the tenses that will be drilled during this LinguaPro session. If you change the desired tense selection, LinguaPro will "remember" these new choices and will use them as the default in your next session. We start you with tense #1, the Present Tense, because this is the most important verb tense. -101- You can "activate" a tense by causing an asterisk to appear next to it. This is done by typing its number and then pressing the ENTER key. For example, to activate tense #2, the Imperfect tense, simply type a 2 and then press the ENTER key. You will then have asterisks by tense #1 AND tense #2. To "deactivate" a tense simply perform the same operation. If there is already an asterisk by item #2 (the Imperfect Tense), then typing a 2 and pressing the ENTER key will "remove" the asterisk. The term for this type of behavior is "toggling" -- you are switching a tense on and off just like flipping a light switch. This "toggling" behavior extends to an entire RANGE of tenses. For example, if tense #1 is already selected then you can enable all remaining tenses by typing 2-15 and then pressing the ENTER key. With this command you are requesting LinguaPro to "flip" the selection states of items numbered 2 through 15. Since tense # 11 is rarely used in normal conversation, you may wish to turn this item OFF by typing 11 and pressing the ENTER key. Finally, if you have a number of tenses selected and you wish to turn them ALL off you may just press the ESC (Escape) key. This will cause ALL asterisks to disappear. You may then activate the specific tense or tenses that you wish by typing their individual numbers. It is important to remember that if NO tenses are specified, then LinguaPro assumes that ALL tenses are specified. Note also that pressing the ESC key a SECOND TIME will generally EXIT you from LinguaPro. Once you have finalized your selections, pressing the ENTER key will advance you to the next menu, the Verb Selection Menu. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about the Tense Selection Menu than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 37. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -102- F.4.2 The Verb Selection Menu ----------------------- <<< START >>> The Verb Selection Menu shows you which verbs are available within the VERB-Class file that you have just loaded. The file TVERB0.SPA contains only 5 key verbs representing the 3 principal regular verb conjugations in the Spanish language (hablar, comer, and vivir), plus 2 key irregular verbs (ser and estar). The higher-numbered verb files (TVERB1 ... TVERB5) each contain 76 verbs. Sometimes a verb is DUPLICATED (appearing several times on the menu). This happens whenever there are several different meanings for the same verb. For example, the Spanish verb "tener" has many idiomatic meanings. Each of those is allotted its own entry in a VERB file. When you first load a VERB-Class file like TVERB0.SPA, all of its verbs will be "selected", that is, have an asterisk next to them. At this point just press the ENTER key to proceed to the next menu. If you wish, however, to just focus on a few verbs, or just one verb, then please read the follow- ing sections. To "turn on" a specific verb just type its number and press the ENTER key, e.g., 2 ENTER will activate verb number 2. On the other hand, if the verb is already "activated", then typing 2 and pressing the ENTER key will cause the verb to be "deactivated" (the asterisk will disappear). This behavior is called "toggling" and was discussed in depth in the Quick Start material dealing with the selection of verb tenses. If you specify a range of verbs, e.g., 3-5 ENTER, then all verbs in this range will be "turned on" (if already "off"), or "turned off" (if already "on"). If you press the ESC key a single time then ALL verbs will be turned OFF. However, if you select NO verbs at all then LinguaPro will assume that you have selected ALL of them. You cannot proceed without selecting something! LinguaPro will "remember" your verb selections for the next time that you load this same verb file. In fact it will preserve ALL of the key settings that you have established for this verb file. Whereas pressing the ESC (Escape) key a single time will "turn off" all verbs (allowing you then to activate just a few desired verbs), pressing the ESC key a SECOND time will take you back to the previous menu -- the Tense Selection Menu. Once you have finalized your selections, pressing the ENTER key will advance you to the next menu, the Person Selection Menu. -103- ============================================================================== If you wish more information about the Verb Selection Menu than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 38. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> F.4.3 The Person Selection Menu ------------------------- <<< START >>> The Person Selection Menu allows you to narrow the range of verb forms that you will be drilled upon. You should generally just press the ENTER key at this point to accept the "persons" marked with asterisks. Notice that the "vosotros" form (item #5) is initially inactivated. If you intend to focus on the Latin-American variety of Spanish then you will not use this verb form (which is pretty much restricted in use to Spain). You should, however, acquire enough familiarity with the "vosotros" forms so that you can recognize them when you hear them, or see them in print. For now, however, concentrate on the other five persons and leave the "vosotros" form alone. These forms DO NOT occur in the UNIT series of lessons, which is in the Latin-American dialect. For future reference, however, remember that you will never be able to achieve a 100% completion or mastery level for a verb file UNLESS you drill on these forms as well. The C-A-T SCAN feature of LinguaPro (described fully in Section 1.13 and Appendix A) will keep you continually apprised of your completion and mastery levels on all LinguaPro files. For verb files, all tenses, verbs, and persons must be drilled before you will be able to reach a 100% mastery level as shown in the C-A-T SCAN. Another virtue of the Person Selection Menu is that it allows you to focus, for example, on things that YOU will say. Thus, if you select just item # 1 (the "yo" forms), then you will be drilled on the verb forms descri- bing just what YOU will say or do. As was true for selected tenses and verbs, your selection of "persons" will be saved for your next session. To "turn on" a specific person just type its number and press the ENTER key, e.g., 2 ENTER will activate person number 2. On the other hand, if the person is already "activated" then typing 2 and pressing the ENTER key will cause the person to be "deactivated" (the asterisk will disappear). This behavior is called "toggling" and was discussed in depth in the Quick Start material dealing with the selection of verb tenses. -104- If you specify a range of persons, e.g., 1-4 ENTER, then all persons in this range will be "turned on" (if already "off"), or "turned off" (if already "on"). If you press the ESC key a single time then ALL persons will be turned OFF. However, if you select NO persons at all then LinguaPro will assume that you have selected ALL of them. You cannot proceed without selecting something! Whereas pressing the ESC (Escape) key a single time will "turn off" all persons (allowing you then to activate just a few desired persons), pressing the ESC key a SECOND time will take you back to the previous menu -- the Verb Selection Menu. Once you have finalized your selections, pressing the ENTER key will advance you to the next menu, the Option Selection Menu. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about the Person Selection Menu than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 39. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> F.4.4 The Options Selection Menu -------------------------- <<< START >>> If you are a BEGINNER then there is only one thing that you need to do at this menu. If you are a female then you should type a 1 and press the ENTER key to "activate" option 1, the female speaker option. This is needed because when you say things like "I am single", the adjective "single" (which is "soltero" in Spanish) will take a different ending when the speaker is female -- in this case "soltera". If you are female you do not, and should not, learn verbal expressions unique to male speakers. If you are a male then just press the ENTER key to begin the flashcarding process. As was true for selected tenses, verbs, and persons, your selection of "options" will be saved for your next session (with this same verb file). To "turn on" a specific option just type its number and press the ENTER key, e.g., 2 ENTER will activate option number 2. On the other hand, if the option is already "activated" then typing 2 and pressing the ENTER key will cause the option to be "deactivated" (the asterisk will disappear). This behavior is called "toggling" and was discussed in depth in the Quick Start material dealing with the selection of verb tenses, verbs, and persons. If you specify a range of options, e.g., 1-4 ENTER, then all options in this range will be "turned on" (if already "off"), or "turned off" (if already "on"). If you press the ESC key a single time then ALL options will be turned OFF. -105- Whereas pressing the ESC (Escape) key a single time will "turn off" all options (allowing you then to activate just a few desired options), press- ing the ESC key a SECOND time will take you back to the previous menu -- the Person Selection Menu. Once you have finalized your selections, pressing the ENTER key will advance you to the flashcarding machinery of LinguaPro. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about the Option Selection Menu than this Quick Start material provides, then please go to page 40. ============================================================================== <<< END >>> F.5 Flashcarding of Vocabulary (WORD-Class) Files --------------------------------------------- The following material is pertinent if you have loaded a WORD-Class file like LEVEL0.SPA or VRBINDEX.SPA. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding WORD-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section III "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VOCABULARY FILES" .... page 40 If you wish to see a Command Summary, then go to Page 112 ============================================================================== -106- F.5.1 Basic Operations (Vocabulary Flashcarding) ------------------------------------------ <<< START >>> NOTE: IF YOU WISH TO SEE A COMMAND SUMMARY, then go to Page 112 When you have loaded a vocabulary (WORD-Class) file and responded with an ENTER key to the Group Selection Screen, you will enter LinguaPro's Flash- carding Facility. Upon entry the FIRST time you will see an English definition on the left. When you press the ENTER key you will see on the right-hand side of the screen a collection of letters and underscores bracketed with square brackets. When you press the ENTER key again you will see this bracketed area fill-in with a Spanish word. Another ENTER key will bring up another English word on the left-hand side and the entire process will repeat. After having pressed the ENTER key a number of times you should see something like the following on your screen: the companionship;the company [la compañía] the leaf;the sheet(paper);the petal;the blade [la hoja] the community;the lavatory [__ c____] This is known as INTENSE Mode 1 of the Flashcarding Facility. We started you in this mode to exhibit the power of the flashcarding method. However, this is not the mode that you will use in the early stages of learning vocabulary. Therefore, press the ESC (Escape key) and notice that the phrase INTENSE 1 disappears from the upper right-hand corner of your screen. You are now in NORMAL mode and this is the best way for you to gain an initial acquaintance with new words. Now that you are in NORMAL mode let's do one more thing to prepare you for vocabulary flashcarding. If you are an English speaker then type >> (2 greater-than signs) and press the ENTER key. The upper right-hand corner of your screen should now read 100% Spanish -> English. As you press the ENTER key now, you will see that it is the Spanish words that are on the left-hand side. You will normally exit from this Flashcarding process by using the X (EXIT) command. When you do this LinguaPro will remember that you desired to flashcard vocabulary items from Spanish to English, and in NORMAL mode. This will be your default flashcarding mode until you change it again. Now when you press the ENTER key successively you should see something like the following: adquirir to acquire/obtain/get lo mismo the same(thing) el personaje the personage;the character(in a play) en verdad indeed/in truth/verily -107- When you previously responded to the Group Selection Screen you most likely took the default and specified ALL groups. Thus you have selected from several hundred to several thousand words for drilling depending upon which vocabulary file you loaded (LEVEL0.SPA, LEVEL1.SPA, etc.). No matter how many words you selected from the total set, however, the LinguaPro Flashcard Facility will drill you on these words in bite-sized chunks called "clusters". A cluster is a randomly-chosen collection of from 30 to 35 words taken from the entire set of words that you have selected for practice. The upper sec- tion of your screen will show which cluster number you are in, how many "cluster errors" have occurred, and what percentage of the cluster has thus far been presented. The clustering concept is a key part of the LinguaPro flashcarding method. When flashcarding in NORMAL mode or INTENSE mode 1 (not INTENSE mode 2), it is you who determines when an error has been made. This "honor" system works by your typing an E (or e) and pressing the ENTER key whenever you feel that you have missed the word. In our current example a Spanish word will appear on the left-hand side of the screen. You should think to your- self what the corresponding English definition should be. When you have decided on the best definition, press the ENTER key to see how LinguaPro defines that word. If you feel that you have missed the definition, or a key part of the definition, then type an E (or an e) and press the ENTER key. LinguaPro will mark that word with a "e>>" symbol on the left-hand side, sound 2 notes on your speaker, and display the next Spanish word. Even at this point, if you feel that you had missed the preceding word after all, you may still use the E (ERROR) command to retroactively mark the preceding word as wrong. Once the English definition of the next word has been shown, however, then you may no longer mark the preceding word -- an E command now will apply to the new word and its definition. As you make errors your cluster error counter will increase. When the number gets above 6 or so then LinguaPro will KEEP you in this current cluster of 30-35 words until the cluster error counter drops. The cluster error coun- ter will drop as the "missed" words are shown to you again and you respond by just pressing the ENTER key rather than using the E command. LinguaPro will continually redisplay words that you have missed. If you feel that you have missed a word a second, a third, or a fourth time, then use the E command each time. The more times you get a word wrong, the more times you will have to get it right before its error counter drops to zero. When you eventually get the word right then just press the ENTER key. After a while that word will not be displayed any more frequently than any other word in the cluster. When your cluster error counter drops low enough you will hear a 6-note fanfare (if you have SOUND enabled) and LinguaPro will advance you to the next cluster. However, while the words of the new cluster are being displayed to you, LinguaPro will intermix words from the previous (and earlier) clusters that you are still having trouble with. -108- At this point we will summarize some key commands that have to do with clusters: 1) The F (FREEZE) command will LOCK you into the current cluster UNTIL you type an A (ADVANCE) command to force a switch to a new cluster. If you DO NOT WISH to advance to the next cluster when you are still getting words wrong in this one, then use this command. 2) The A (ADVANCE) command will FORCE an advance to the next cluster. This is the ONLY way you can undo a FREEZE command, but you may use the A command whenever you feel like drilling on a new cluster. Other useful commands are: 1) The Q (QUIET) command (and its more powerful sibling QQ) is effective- ly the inverse of the E (ERROR) command. If you have been getting a word wrong, but finally have it down solidly, and LinguaPro is still drilling you on it more than you'd like, simply use the Q command to set the error counter to zero for that word. 2) The >> command (type 2 greater-than signs and press the ENTER key) has already been used. This command makes Spanish words appear on the left-hand side so that you are drilling vocabulary from Spanish to English. 3) The << command (type 2 less-than signs and press the ENTER key) makes English words appear on the left-hand side so that you are drilling vocabulary from English to Spanish. 4. The < and > commands allow you to obtain an intermediate "mixture" of Spanish and English words. The "mixture" control commands (<, <<, >, >>) allow you to obtain all Spanish material on the left, all English material on the left, or an intermediate mixture. This is very useful for reaching a true mastery of Spanish by drilling simultaneously in both directions. Please use the < (LESS Spanish on the left) and > (MORE Spanish on the left) commands to obtain a 50% random mixture of Spanish and English. You should see "50% Spanish->English" in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. For vocabulary flashcarding, however, you will generally only want to utilize this feature when you are in NORMAL mode -- and not the INTENSE modes. -109- We suggest (for English speakers) that the best way for you to gain initial familiarity with vocabulary is to drill from Spanish to English using the "honor" system (NORMAL mode) and the E (ERROR) command as described above. The next step is to drill from English to Spanish. In this mode it is usually best to use INTENSE mode 1 (the mode we started out in initially). To enter INTENSE mode 1 you need to use the I command. Just type the letter I (or i) and press the ENTER key. The upper right-hand corner of the screen should now show INTENSE 1 in purple. You should also have used the << command so that English appears on the left-hand side. We are now back to the original mode at program entry: to go shopping [ir de compras] to have a class [tener clase] to disappear/vanish [desaparecer] the page [__ p_____] INTENSE mode 1 still works with the "honor" principle. You now have, however, two choices. In the first place, when the word the page appeared all by itself on the left-hand side of the screen, you can guess the correct Spanish word without any further clues. When you then press the ENTER key and see the page [__ p_____] you might already realize that you have missed the word. In this case you can re-guess which word starts with the letter 'p' and means "page". When you press the ENTER key another time you will see the page [la página] At this point you should decide whether you have missed the word or not. In the early stages you might only guess when you see the bracketed word. This gives you clues as to the initial letter, or some of the internal letters. Later, you might want to get harder on yourself and make your guess BEFORE you see the bracketed item at all. This is very much like the NORMAL mode that we described earlier. When you have finished a flashcarding session then you will need to exit from LinguaPro. This should normally be done with the X (EXIT) command (type an X and press the ENTER key) which will save all of the statistics and error information gathered during the session. In this case, when you reload the vocabulary file again at a later date, LinguaPro will already know which words you have been having trouble with. -110- Now let's quickly look at some other commands: 1. R Recycle back to Reselect a word group or groups. This command will take you back to the Group Selection Screen where you can select another group or groups. 2. Z Musical tones: turn on and off. This command enables and disables the musical tones generated by LinguaPro. 3. D Dictionary [ODF] Facility (Access/Add/Modify vocabulary files). This command causes LinguaPro to LEAVE the Flashcarding Facility and enter the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). Be sure to use this command and learn about the ODF. Through the ODF you have the capability of adding new words to a vocabulary file, modifying definitions, and moving words from one file to another in addition to using the available vocabulary as a dictionary for reading or translating purposes. 4. V VERB [VRF] Reference (Verb Definitions and Conjugations). This command causes LinguaPro to LEAVE the Flashcarding Facility and enter the Verb Reference Facility (VRF). Be sure to use this command and learn about the VRF. An especially useful feature of the VRF is that it makes it easy for you to obtain 1-page summaries of any desired verbs that give their complete defini- tions and conjugations. You should collect these summaries in a notebook and use them for drilling in your spare time. You should learn about this next group of commands at a later date. Please consult the main sections of the User's Guide for further information. 5. QQ Quiet ALL words (zero ALL error counters) 6. L Load one or more additional vocabulary files 7. U Unload all working files (make no changes!!!) and start over 8. XX Exit and reset error info 9. < Display LESS Spanish on the left-hand side 10. > Display MORE Spanish on the left-hand side Finally, there are two very important commands that we will just briefly discuss: 11. K Kill this word (words are moved to "KILLED.SPA"). The K (KILL) command is used when you have MASTERED a vocabulary item to the point that you never wish to be drilled on it again. The K command causes the word to be MOVED out of the vocabulary file into a special archival file, KILLED.SPA, which accumulates the words that you have mastered. This also reduces the size of the original vocabulary file and makes it easier for you to add additional words with the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). -111- 12. II Enable INTENSE Mode 2 (Use ESC key to EXIT). INTENSE Mode 2 works just like INTENSE Mode 1 except for that fact that you must TYPE the correct word, including accent marks. In this mode LinguaPro is able to automatically detect your errors, that is, no more "honor" system. You may, of course, use the Q command if you make an obvious typo. LinguaPro makes it easy for you to enter accent marks. Please consult the main sections of the User's Guide for further information. The use of INTENSE mode 2 is the only way to be sure that you have really mastered the nuances of Spanish spelling. Finally, you will notice while you are flashcarding that lines 2 and 3 of your screen will show two sets of three numbers labeled C, A, and T that update continuously. The C stands for Coverage and represents the percentage of the loaded material that you have VIEWED to-date. Line 2 shows this information for the English to Spanish direction and Line 3 shows the values for the Spanish to English direction. The A stands for Accuracy and shows the percentage of the Covered material that you have gotten right (that you have not signalled errors on). Finally, the T shows the percentage of the total file that you have seen and gotten right, that is, mastered! You should drill until all three of these values are 100% in both directions. Please read Section 1.13 and Appendix A for complete information on the C-A-T statistics maintained by LinguaPro. This will also tell you how to see the C-A-T DISPLAY and to get a C-A-T SCAN of all of your files. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding WORD-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section III "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VOCABULARY FILES" .... page 40 If you wish to see a Command Summary, then go to PAGE 112 ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -112- F.5.2 Command Summary (Vocabulary Flashcarding) ----------------------------------------- 1. ESC key and FUNCTION keys ============================= ENTER key -> Display the next Item ESC key ---> EXIT! ... OR ... deactivate INTENSE mode II F1 key ---> HELP Screen F2 key ---> BLANK Screen F3 key ---> Show all LOADED files (also, show C-A-T DISPLAY) 2. ERROR, QUIET, and KILL Commands =================================== E Error (wrong guess!!!) K Kill this word (words are moved to "KILLED.SPA") Q Quiet this word (zero its error counter) QQ Quiet ALL words (zero ALL error counters) 3. PRESENTATION Mode Commands ============================== I Enable INTENSE Mode 1 (Use ESC key to EXIT) II Enable INTENSE Mode 2 (Use ESC key to EXIT) < Show LESS Spanish on the left << Show NO Spanish on the left > Show MORE Spanish on the left >> Show ALL Spanish on the left 4. CLUSTER Control Commands ============================ A Advance to NEXT cluster (undo an F command) F Freeze THIS cluster (must use subsequent A command) 5. EXIT, RECYCLE, and UNLOAD Commands ====================================== L Load one or more additional vocabulary files R Recycle back to Reselect a word group or groups U Unload all working files (make no changes!!!) and start over X Exit and save error info XX Exit and reset error info 6. ACCESS Other Facilities =========================== D Dictionary [ODF] Facility (Access/Add/Modify vocabulary files) V VERB [VRF] Reference (Verb Definitions and Conjugations) 7. Miscellaneous ================= Z Musical tones: turn on and off -113- ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding WORD-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section III "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VOCABULARY FILES" .... page 40 ============================================================================== F.6 Flashcarding of UNIT and SUNIT (SENTENCE-Class) Files ----------------------------------------------------- The following material is pertinent if you have loaded a SENTENCE-Class file like UNIT1.SPA. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding SENTENCE-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section IV "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR UNIT/SUNIT FILES" .... page 51 If you wish to see a Command Summary, then go to Page 120 ============================================================================== F.6.1 Basic Operations (Sentence Flashcarding) ---------------------------------------- <<< START> NOTE: IF YOU WISH TO SEE A COMMAND SUMMARY, then go to Page 120 -114- When you have loaded a lesson (SENTENCE-Class) file and responded to the various options screens, you will enter LinguaPro's Flashcarding Facility. Upon entry the FIRST time you will see an English sentence on the left. One of the English words, or an English phrase, will be highlighted in white. When you press the ENTER key you will see a Spanish sentence on the right-hand side of the screen with one or more missing words marked with square brackets. When you press the ENTER key again you will see this bracketed area fill-in with a Spanish word or phrase. Another ENTER key will bring up another English sentence on the left-hand side and the entire process will repeat. After having pressed the ENTER key a number of times you should see something like the following on your screen: good morning buenos [días ] good morning, sir buenos [días ], señor good afternoon, ma'am [buenas] tardes, señora good evening, miss buenas [noches], señorita how [cómo ] are -- <3rd. pers. sing.> [está ] -- <from "estar"> YOU [usted ] how are YOU? ¿cómo [ ] usted? Note that we have omitted the Notes and Grammatical Information that is usually interspersed with the lesson material. This was done by specifying N (NO) on the Notes and Grammatical Info Screen. The mode of operation illustrated above is known as INTENSE Mode 1 of the Flashcarding Facility. We started you in this mode because INTENSE Mode 1 is probably the most efficient method for learning the lesson material. However, you may choose to begin by having the Spanish sentences on the left-hand side. You may also choose to drill in INTENSE Mode 2 (discussed later). Note, however, that when you are drilling sentence material (e.g., the UNIT and SUNIT files), the ONLY permitted drilling modes are INTENSE Modes 1 and 2. The NORMAL mode is available only when you are drilling vocabulary items (WORD-Class files like LEVEL0.SPA). Let's now put the Spanish sentences on the left-hand side. Please type >> (2 greater-than signs) and press the ENTER key. The upper right-hand corner of your screen should now read 100% Spanish -> English. As you press the ENTER key now, you will see that it is the Spanish sentences that are on the left-hand side. You will normally exit from this Flashcarding process by using the X (EXIT) command. When you do this LinguaPro will remember that you desired to flashcard lesson material from Spanish to English, and in INTENSE Mode 1. This will be your default flashcarding mode (for lessons) until you change it again. Now when you press the ENTER key successively you should see something like the following: -115- cómo [how ] está -- <from "estar"> [are ] -- <3rd. pers. sing.> usted [YOU ] ¿cómo está usted? how [are ] YOU? estoy -- <from "estar"> [I am ] bien [well ] gracias [______] No matter how large the lesson, the LinguaPro Flashcard Facility will drill you on all lesson material in bite-sized chunks called "clusters". A cluster is a collection of from 30 to 35 sentences taken from the entire set of sentences that you have selected for practice. The upper section of your screen will show which cluster number you are in, how many "cluster errors" have occurred, and what percentage of the cluster has thus far been presented. The clustering concept is a key part of the LinguaPro flashcarding method. When flashcarding in INTENSE mode 1 (not INTENSE mode 2), it is you who determines when an error has been made. This "honor" system works by your typing an E (or e) and pressing the ENTER key whenever you feel that you have missed the item. In our current example a Spanish sentence will appear on the left-hand side of the screen and a word or phrase will be highlighted in white. When you press the ENTER key you will see the corresponding English sentence appear on the right-hand side of the screen with a word or phrase omitted and enclosed in square brackets. This bracketed area should contain the English equivalent of the highlighted Spanish words. You should think to yourself what the corresponding English definition should be. When you have decided on the best definition, press the ENTER key to see how LinguaPro defines that word or phrase. If you feel that you have missed the definition, or a key part of the definition, then type an E (or an e) and press the ENTER key. LinguaPro will mark that sentence with a "e>>" symbol on the left-hand side, sound 2 notes on your speaker, and display the next Spanish sentence. Even at this point, if you feel that you have missed the preceding sentence after all, you may still use the E (ERROR) command to retroactively mark the preceding sentence as wrong. Once the English sentence has been shown, however, then you may no longer mark the preceding sentence -- an E command now will apply to the new sentence and its definition. -116- As you make errors your cluster error counter will increase. When this number gets above 6 or so then LinguaPro will KEEP you in this current cluster of 30-35 sentences until the cluster error counter drops. The cluster error counter will drop as the "missed" sentences are shown to you again and you respond by just pressing the ENTER key rather than using the E command. LinguaPro will continually redisplay sentences that you have missed. Notice also that the highlighted/bracketed pair is the same pair that you had missed previously. LinguaPro not only keeps track of which sentences are giving you trouble, but also remembers which particular part of the sentence has been flagged. If you feel that you have missed a sentence a second, a third, or a fourth time, then use the E command each time. The more times you get a sentence wrong, the more times you will have to get it right before its error counter drops to zero. When you eventually get the sentence right then just press the ENTER key. After a while that sentence will not be displayed any more frequently than any other sentence in the cluster. When your cluster error counter drops low enough you will hear a 6-note fanfare (if you have SOUND enabled) and LinguaPro will advance you to the next cluster. However, while the sentences of the new cluster are being displayed to you, LinguaPro will intermix sentences from the previous (and earlier) clusters that you are still having trouble with. At this point we will summarize some key commands that have to do with clusters: 1) The F (FREEZE) command will LOCK you into the current cluster UNTIL you type an A (ADVANCE) command to force a switch to a new cluster. If you DO NOT WISH to advance to the next cluster when you are still getting sentences wrong in this one, then use this command. 2) The A (ADVANCE) command will FORCE an advance to the next cluster. This is the ONLY way you can undo a FREEZE command, but you may use the A command whenever you feel like drilling on a new cluster. Other useful commands are: 1) The Q (QUIET) command (and its more powerful sibling QQ) is effective- ly the inverse of the E (ERROR) command. If you have been getting a part of a sentence wrong, but finally have it down solidly, and LinguaPro is still drillimg you on it more than you'd like, simply use the Q command to set the error counter to zero for that sentence (and all of its drillable components). 2) The >> command (type 2 greater-than signs and press the ENTER key) has already been used. This command makes Spanish sentences appear on the left-hand side so that you are drilling sentences from Spanish to English. -117- 3) The << command (type 2 less-than signs and press the ENTER key) makes English sentences appear on the left-hand side so that you are drill- ing sentences from English to Spanish. 4. The < and > commands allow you to obtain an intermediate "mixture" of Spanish and English sentences. The "mixture" control commands (<, <<, >, >>) allow you to obtain all Spanish material on the left, all English material on the left, or an intermediate mixture. This is very useful for reaching a true mastery of Spanish by drilling simultaneously in both directions. Please use the < (LESS Spanish on the left) and > (MORE Spanish on the left) commands to obtain a 50% random mixture of Spanish and English. You should see "50% Spanish->English" in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. After you have drilled the lesson material several times from Spanish to English you should then switch to an English to Spanish presentation, and finally to a 50-50 mixture as described in the preceding paragraph. As already discussed, INTENSE mode 1 employs the "honor" system to determine which sentences (drillable components) are giving you trouble. You have, however, two ways in which to use this mode. In the first place, when a sentence appears on the left-hand side of the screen, for example ¿cómo está usted? you can at this point guess the correct English sentence in its entirety. When you then press the ENTER key and are shown ¿cómo está usted? how [ ] YOU? you might already realize that you have missed the translation. If you are correct thus far you can now guess which English word corresponds to the Spanish "está". When you press the ENTER key again you will see ¿cómo está usted? how [are ] YOU? At this point you should decide whether you have missed the sentence or not. In the early stages you might only guess when you see the English sentence with its bracketed word. This gives you a good idea as to the English word that must be supplied. Later, you might want to get harder on yourself and make your guess BEFORE you see the translated sentence at all. When you have finished a flashcarding session then you will need to exit from LinguaPro. This should normally be done with the X (EXIT) command (type an X and press the ENTER key) which will save all of the statistics and error information gathered during the session. In this case, when you reload the lesson file again at a later date, LinguaPro will already know which sentences you have been having trouble with. Also, use of the X command will cause LinguaPro to remember your current position in the lesson. When you load this lesson for further drilling at a later date, you will then have the opportunity to continue from where you left off, rather than always starting over from the beginning of the lesson. -118- Now let's quickly look at some other commands: 1. R Recycle back to switch between Ordered and Unordered Presen- tations, or turn the display of Notes and Grammatical Info on or off. This command will take you back to the Order Selection Screen. 2. Z Musical tones: turn on and off. This command enables and disables the musical tones generated by LinguaPro. 3. D Dictionary [ODF] Facility (Access/Add/Modify vocabulary files). This command causes LinguaPro to LEAVE the Flashcarding Facility and enter the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). 4. V VERB [VRF] Reference (Verb Definitions and Conjugations). This command causes LinguaPro to LEAVE the Flashcarding Facility and enter the Verb Reference Facility (VRF). Be sure to use this command and learn about the VRF. An especially useful feature of the VRF is that it makes it easy for you to obtain 1-page summaries of any desired verbs that give the complete defini- tions and conjugations. You should collect these summaries in a notebook and use them for drilling in your spare time. You should learn about this next group of commands at a later date. Please consult the main sections of the User's Guide for further information. 5. QQ Quiet ALL sentences (zero ALL error counters) 6. L Load one or more additional lesson files 7. U Unload all working files (make no changes!!!) and start over 8. XX Exit and reset error info 9. < Display LESS Spanish on the left-hand side 10. > Display MORE Spanish on the left-hand side Finally, there are two very important commands that we will just briefly discuss: 11. K Kill this part of a sentence, that is, the highlighted word or phrase. The K (KILL) command is used when you have MASTERED a drillable item within a sentence to the point that you never wish to be drilled on it again. The K command causes the word or words to be deactivated so that they still form part of the sentence but will never again be highlighted or bracketed. Once you have done this you can only recover the original structure of your lesson files by reloading them from your release floppies. If other drillable items remain within the sentence, then the one that you just "killed" will be marked with the symbol "r>>" to indicate a "reduction kill". The sentence still exists in its entirety within the file, but the item in question is no longer drillable -- it has just become an inactive part of the sentence. If, however, you have just "killed" the last remaining drillable item, then it will be marked with the symbol "k>>" to indicate that the ENTIRE sentence has now been purged from the file. When there is nothing left to drill the entire sentence has to be removed. -119- 12. II Enable INTENSE Mode 2 (Use ESC key to EXIT). INTENSE Mode 2 works just like INTENSE Mode 1 except for that fact that you must TYPE the correct word or phrase, including accent marks. In this mode LinguaPro is able to automatically detect your errors, that is, no more "honor" system. You may, of course, use the Q command if you make a obvious typo. LinguaPro makes it easy for you to enter accent marks. Please consult the main sections of the User's Guide for further information. The use of INTENSE mode 2 is the only way to be sure that you have really mastered the nuances of Spanish spelling. Finally, you will notice while you are flashcarding that lines 2 and 3 of your screen will show two sets of three numbers labeled C, A, and T that update continuously. The C stands for Coverage and represents the percentage of the loaded material that you have VIEWED to-date. Line 2 shows this information for the English to Spanish direction and Line 3 shows the values for the Spanish to English direction. The A stands for Accuracy and shows the percentage of the Covered material that you have gotten right (that you have not signalled errors on). Finally, the T shows the percentage of the total file that you have seen and gotten right, that is, mastered! You should drill until all three of these values are 100% in both directions. Please read Section 1.13 and Appendix A for complete information on the C-A-T statistics maintained by LinguaPro. This will also tell you how to see the C-A-T DISPLAY and to get a C-A-T SCAN of all of your files. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding SENTENCE-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section IV "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR UNIT/SUNIT FILES" .... page 51 If you wish to see a Command Summary, then go to PAGE 120 ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -120- F.6.2 Command Summary (Sentence Flashcarding) --------------------------------------- 1. ESC key and FUNCTION keys ============================= ENTER key -> Display the next Item ESC key ---> EXIT! ... OR ... deactivate INTENSE mode (see I and II commands) F1 key ---> HELP Screen F2 key ---> BLANK Screen F3 key ---> Show all LOADED files (also, show C-A-T DISPLAY) 2. ERROR, QUIET, and KILL Commands =================================== E Error (wrong guess!!!) K Kill this sentence (or highlighted portion) Q Quiet this sentence (zero its error counter) QQ Quiet ALL sentences (zero ALL error counters) 3. PRESENTATION Mode Commands ============================== I Enable INTENSE Mode 1 II Enable INTENSE Mode 2 (Use ESC key to return to INTENSE Mode 1) < Show LESS Spanish on the left << Show NO Spanish on the left > Show MORE Spanish on the left >> Show ALL Spanish on the left 4. CLUSTER Control Commands ============================ A Advance to NEXT cluster (undo an F command) F Freeze THIS cluster (must use subsequent A command) 5. EXIT, RECYCLE, and UNLOAD Commands ====================================== L Load one or more additional sentence files R Recycle back to reselect Order of Presentation, etc. U Unload all working files (make no changes!!!) and start over X Exit and save error info XX Exit and reset error info 6. ACCESS Other Facilities =========================== D Dictionary [ODF] Facility (Access/Add/Modify sentence files) V VERB [VRF] Reference (Verb Definitions and Conjugations) 7. Miscellaneous ================= Z Musical tones: turn on and off -121- ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding SENTENCE-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section IV "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR UNIT/SUNIT FILES" .... page 51 ============================================================================== F.7 Flashcarding of TVERB (VERB-Class) Files ---------------------------------------- The following material is pertinent if you have loaded a VERB-Class file like TVERB1.SPA. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding VERB-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section V "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VERB FILES" .... page 57 If you wish to see a Command Summary, then go to PAGE 127 ============================================================================== F.7.1 Basic Operations (Verb Flashcarding) ------------------------------------ <<< START> NOTE: IF YOU WISH TO SEE A COMMAND SUMMARY, then go to PAGE 127 When you have loaded a verb (VERB-Class) file like TVERB0.SPA and responded to the initial selection menus, you will enter LinguaPro's Flash- carding Facility. Upon entry the FIRST time you will see a synthesized English sentence on the left. The English verb, or verb phrase, will be highlighted in white. When you press the ENTER key you will see a synthesized Spanish sentence on the right-hand side of the screen with the Spanish verb omitted and marked with square brackets. When you press the ENTER key again you will see this bracketed area fill-in with the Spanish verb. Another ENTER key will bring up another English sentence on the left-hand side and the entire process will repeat. After having pressed the ENTER key a number of times you should see something like the following on your screen: the director(m.) always used to eat cheese el director [comía] siempre queso he will live in a hut él [vivirá] en una choza I used to live in Mexico yo [vivía] en México we(m.) lived in the city nosotros [vivimos] en la ciudad YOU(f.pl) rarely eat dessert Uds. [ ] raremente postre -122- The mode of operation illustrated above is known as INTENSE Mode 1 of the Flashcarding Facility. We started you in this mode because INTENSE Mode 1 is probably the most efficient method for learning Spanish verb conjugations using a LinguaPro verb file. However, you may choose to begin by having the Spanish sentences on the left-hand side. Let's now put the Spanish sentences on the left-hand side. Please type >> (2 greater-than signs) and press the ENTER key. The upper right-hand corner of your screen should now read 100% Spanish -> English. As you press the ENTER key now, you will see that it is the Spanish sentences that are on the left-hand side. You will normally exit from this Flashcarding process by using the X (EXIT) command. When you do this LinguaPro will remember that you desired to flashcard verb conjugations from Spanish to English, and in INTENSE Mode 1. This will be your default flashcarding mode (for this verb file) until you change it again. Now when you press the ENTER key success- ively you should see something like the following: nosotros hablábamos italiano con Juan we(m.) [used to speak] Italian with Juan tú hablarás español puntualmente you(f.) [will speak] Spanish promptly yo hablaré alemán a mi manera I [____ _____] German my own way No matter how much material (verbs, tenses, and persons) you have selected via the initial menus, the LinguaPro Flashcard Facility will drill you on all selected verb forms in bite-sized chunks called "clusters". A cluster is a randomly-chosen collection of from 30 to 35 verb forms taken from the entire set of verb forms that you have selected for practice. The upper section of your screen will show which cluster number you are in, how many "cluster errors" have occurred, and what percentage of the cluster has thus far been presented. The clustering concept is a key part of the LinguaPro flashcarding method. When flashcarding in INTENSE mode 1 (not INTENSE modes 2), it is you who determines when an error has been made. This "honor" system works by your typing an E (or e) and pressing the ENTER key whenever you feel that you have missed the verb. In our current example a Spanish sentence will appear on the left-hand side of the screen and the Spanish verb will be highlighted in white. When you press the ENTER key you will see the corresponding English sentence appear on the right-hand side of the screen with the English verb or verb phrase omitted and enclosed in square brackets. This bracketed area should contain the English equivalent of the highlighted Spanish verb. You should think to yourself what the corresponding English verb should be. When you have decided on the best definition, press the ENTER key to see how LinguaPro defines that verb. If you feel that you have missed the definition, or a key part of the definition, then type an E (or an e) and press the ENTER key. LinguaPro will mark that sentence with a "e>>" symbol on the left-hand side, sound 2 notes on your speaker, and display the next Spanish sentence. Even at this point, if you feel that you had missed the preceding verb form after all, you may still use the E (ERROR) command to retroactively mark the preceding sentence as wrong. Once the English sentence has been shown, however, then you may no longer mark the preceding sentence -- an E command now will apply to the new sentence and its definition. -123- As you make errors your cluster error counter will increase. When the number gets above 6 or so then LinguaPro will KEEP you in this current cluster of 30-35 sentences until the cluster error counter drops. The cluster error counter will drop as the "missed" sentences are shown to you again and you respond by just pressing the ENTER key, rather than using the E command. LinguaPro will continually redisplay verb forms that you have missed. Notice, however, that although the missed verb form will be continually redisplayed, it will almost always be used in an entirely different synthesized sentence! If you feel that you have missed the verb form a second, a third, or a fourth time, then use the E command each time. The more times you get a verb form wrong, the more times you will have to get it right before its error counter drops to zero. When you eventually get the verb form right then just press the ENTER key. After a while that verb form will not be displayed any more frequently than any other verb form in the cluster. When your cluster error counter drops low enough you will hear a 6-note fanfare (if you have SOUND enabled) and LinguaPro will advance you to the next cluster. However, while the verb forms of the new cluster are being displayed to you, LinguaPro will intermix verb forms from the previous (and earlier) clusters that you are still having trouble with. At this point we will summarize some key commands that have to do with clusters: 1) The F (FREEZE) command will LOCK you into the current cluster UNTIL you type an A (ADVANCE) command to force a switch to a new cluster. If you DO NOT WISH to advance to the next cluster when you are still getting verb forms wrong in this one, then use this command. 2) The A (ADVANCE) command will FORCE an advance to the next cluster. This is the ONLY way you can undo a FREEZE command, but you may use the A command whenever you feel like drilling on a new cluster. Other useful commands are: 1) The Q (QUIET) command (and its more powerful sibling QQ) is effective- ly the inverse of the E (ERROR) command. If you have been getting a verb form wrong, but finally have it down solidly, and LinguaPro is still drilling you on it more than you'd like, simply use the Q command to set the error counter to zero for that verb form. 2) The >> command (type 2 greater-than signs and press the ENTER key) has already been used. This command makes Spanish sentences appear on the left-hand side so that you are drilling verb forms from Spanish to English. -124- 3) The << command (type 2 less-than signs and press the ENTER key) makes English sentences appear on the left-hand side so that you are drill- ing verb forms from English to Spanish. 4. The < and > commands allow you to obtain an intermediate "mixture" of Spanish and English sentences. The "mixture" control commands (<, <<, >, >>) allow you to obtain all Spanish material on the left, all English material on the left, or an intermediate mixture. This is very useful for reaching a true mastery of Spanish by drilling simultaneously in both directions. Please use the < (less Spanish on the left) and > (more Spanish on the left) commands to obtain a 50% random mixture of Spanish and English. You should see "50% Spanish -> English" in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. After you have drilled the verb forms many times from Spanish to English you should then switch to an English to Spanish presentation, and finally to a 50-50 mixture as described in the preceding paragraph. As already discussed, INTENSE mode 1 employs the "honor" system to determine which verb forms are giving you trouble. You have, however, two ways in which to use this mode. In the first place, when a sentence appears on the left-hand side of the screen, for example nosotros hablábamos italiano con Juan you can at that point guess the correct English sentence in its entirety. When you then press the ENTER key and are shown nosotros hablábamos italiano con Juan we(m.) [ ] Italian with Juan you might already realize that you have missed the translation. If you are correct thus far, you can now guess which English verb corresponds to the Spanish "hablábamos". When you press the ENTER key another time you will see nosotros hablábamos italiano con Juan we(m.) [used to speak] Italian with Juan -125- At this point you should decide whether you have missed the verb form or not. In the early stages you might only guess when you see the English sentence with its bracketed verb. This gives you a good idea as to the English verb that must be supplied. Later, you might want to get harder on yourself and make your guess BEFORE you see the translated sentence at all. When you have finished a flashcarding session then you will need to exit from LinguaPro. This should normally be done with the X (EXIT) command (type an X and press the ENTER key) which will save all of the statistics and error information gathered during the session. In this case, when you reload the verb file again at a later date, LinguaPro will already know which verb forms you have been having trouble with. Now let's quickly look at some other commands: 1. R Recycle back to reselect verb tenses, verbs, persons, and options. This command will take you to the Tense Selection Menu. 2. Z Musical tones: turn on and off. This command enables and disables the musical tones generated by LinguaPro. 3. V VERB [VRF] Reference (Verb Definitions and Conjugations). This command causes LinguaPro to LEAVE the Flashcarding Facility and enter the Verb Reference Facility (VRF). Be sure to use this command and learn about the VRF. An especially useful feature of the VRF is that it makes it easy for you to obtain 1-page summaries of any desired verbs that give the complete defini- tions and conjugations. You should collect these summaries in a notebook and use them for drilling in your spare time. 4. C Conjugate THIS verb. This command is effective only for VERB-Class files and it causes LinguaPro to display the full conjugation of the current verb in the selected tense. You should learn about this next group of commands at a later date. Please consult the main sections of the User's Guide for further information. 5. CC Turn auto conjugation on/off 6. QQ Quiet ALL verb forms (zero ALL error counters) 7. U Unload this verb file (make no changes!!!) and start over 8. XX Exit and reset error info (restore KILLED verb forms) 9. < Display LESS Spanish on the left-hand side 10. > Display MORE Spanish on the left-hand side Finally, there are three very important commands that we will just briefly discuss: 11. K Kill this verb form. The K (KILL) command is used when you have MASTERED a particular verb form to the point that you do not wish to be drilled on it further. The K command causes the verb form to be deactivated so that it will no longer be drilled. Once you have done this you can only recover these verb forms by exiting LinguaPro via the XX command which RESTORES a verb file to its original state. This also causes LinguaPro to lose track of which specific verb forms are giving you trouble. -126- 12. II Enable INTENSE Mode 2 (Use ESC key to EXIT). INTENSE Mode 2 works just like INTENSE Mode 1 except for that fact that you must TYPE the correct verb form, including accent marks. In this mode LinguaPro is able to automatically detect your errors, that is, no more "honor" system. You may, of course, use the Q command if you make a obvious typo. LinguaPro makes it easy for you to enter accent marks. Please consult the main sections of the User's Guide for further information. The use of INTENSE mode 2 is the only way to be sure that you have really mastered the nuances of Spanish spelling. 13. S Switch methods of verb presentation (Sentences <-> Grammatical mode). This special option causes the ENTIRE presentation format of a VERB-Class file to change. Instead of a synthesized sentence approach, the S command SWITCHES LinguaPro's Flashcard Facility into a "grammatical" mode in which you are prompted for a verb in a particular person and tense, and then are shown the desired verb form. Please see the main sections of the User's Guide for complete information on this Flashcarding mode. All flashcarding modes (NORMAL, INTENSE mode 1, and INTENSE mode 2) are supported in this Grammatical format. A second S command will switch you back to the synthesized sentence format described above. Finally, you will notice while you are flashcarding that lines 2 and 3 of your screen will show two sets of three numbers labeled C, A, and T that update continuously. The C stands for Coverage and represents the percentage of the loaded material that you have VIEWED to-date. Line 2 shows this information for the English to Spanish direction and Line 3 shows the values for the Spanish to English direction. The A stands for Accuracy and shows the percentage of the Covered material that you have gotten right (that you have not signalled errors on). Finally, the T shows the percentage of the total file that you have seen and gotten right, that is, mastered! You should drill until all three of these values are 100% in both directions. Please read Section 1.13 and Appendix A for complete information on the C-A-T statistics maintained by LinguaPro. This will also tell you how to see the C-A-T DISPLAY and to get a C-A-T SCAN of all of your files. ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding VERB-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section V "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VERB FILES" .... page 57 If you wish to see a Command Summary, then go to PAGE 127 ============================================================================== <<< END >>> -127- F.7.2 Command Summary (Verb Flashcarding) ----------------------------------- 1. ESC key and FUNCTION keys ============================= ENTER key -> Display the next Item ESC key ---> EXIT! ... OR ... deactivate INTENSE mode II F1 key ---> HELP Screen F2 key ---> BLANK Screen F3 key ---> Show all LOADED files (also, show C-A-T DISPLAY) 2. ERROR, QUIET, and KILL Commands =================================== E Error (wrong guess!!!) K Kill this specific verbform (tense & person) Q Quiet this verbform (zero its error counter) QQ Quiet ALL verbforms (zero ALL error counters) 3. PRESENTATION Mode Commands ============================== I Enable INTENSE Mode 1 II Enable INTENSE Mode 2 (Use ESC key to return to INTENSE Mode 1) S Switch methods of verb presentation (Sentences <-> Grammatical mode) < Show LESS Spanish on the left << Show NO Spanish on the left > Show MORE Spanish on the left >> Show ALL Spanish on the left 4. CLUSTER Control Commands ============================ A Advance to NEXT cluster (undo an F command) F Freeze THIS cluster (must use subsequent A command) 5. EXIT, RECYCLE, and UNLOAD Commands ====================================== R Recycle back to Reselect verbs/tenses/persons/options U Unload all working files (make no changes!!!) and start over X Exit and save error info XX Exit and reset error info (restore KILLED verb forms) 6. ACCESS Other Facilities =========================== V VERB [VRF] Reference (Verb Definitions and Conjugations) 7. Miscellaneous ================= C Conjugate THIS verb CC Turn auto conjugation on/off Z Musical tones: turn on and off -128- ============================================================================== If you wish more information about Flashcarding VERB-Class files than this Quick Start material provides, then you may go to the following page: Section V "THE FLASHCARD FACILITY FOR VERB FILES" .... page 57 ============================================================================== F.8 On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) --------------------------------- F.8.1 Basic Operations (On-Line Dictionary) ------------------------------------- ============================================================================== For complete information on the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF), please go to the following page: Section VI "THE ON-LINE DICTIONARY FACILITY" .......... page 64 ============================================================================== -129- F.8.2 Command Summary (On-Line Dictionary) ------------------------------------ 1. ESC key and FUNCTION keys ============================= ESC key Exit from the On-line Dictionary Facility [ODF] F1 key HELP Screen F2 key BLANK Screen F3 key Display INTERNAL and EXTERNAL file assignments (also show C-A-T DISPLAY) 2. SEARCHING ============ string Search for any Spanish word starting with 'string' string$ Search for the exact Spanish word specified by 'string' #string Search for any English word starting with 'string' #string$ Search for the exact English word specified by 'string' 3. CREATING a New Word/Sentence =============================== N, NA, NB, ... New word/sentence (add to specified working file) 4. WORKING With Menu Items (after a SEARCH) =========================================== nn Select Menu Item# nn (it was the desired word) Cnn, CnnA, ... Copy this word/sentence to specified working file Knn Kill this word/sentence (words are moved to "KILLED.SPA") Mnn Modify the selected word/sentence Pnn Purge this word/sentence (total deletion!!!) Tnn, TnnA, ... Transfer this word/sentence to specified working file 5. EXTERNAL File Commands ========================= EF Specify NO External Files desired for word searches EF/ Recall previous specification for External Files EF/string Specify External File(s) to participate in word searches (Example 1) EF/K (KILLED file) EF/2,4 (LEVEL2 + LEVEL4) (Example 2) EF/1-5 (LEVEL1-LEVEL5) EF/K,1-5 (KILLED + LEVEL1-LEVEL5) 6. ACCESS Other Facilities =========================== V VERB [VRF] Reference (Verb Definitions and Conjugations) ============================================================================== For complete information on the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF), please go to the following page: Section VI "THE ON-LINE DICTIONARY FACILITY" .......... page 64 ============================================================================== -130- F.9 Verb Reference Facility (VRF) ----------------------------- F.9.1 Basic Operations (Verb Reference Facility) ------------------------------------------ ============================================================================== For complete information on the Verb Reference Facility (VRF), please go to the following page: Section VII "THE VERB REFERENCE FACILITY" ................. page 71 ============================================================================== F.9.2 Command Summary (Verb Reference Facility) ----------------------------------------- 1. ESC key and FUNCTION Keys ============================= ESC key Exit from the On-line Dictionary Facility [ODF] F1 key HELP Screen F2 key BLANK Screen F3 key Display RANDOMLY selected Verb in desired index levels 2. To the Question: "What is the Spanish Verb?" ================================================ verb ENTER Specify entire verb or just the initial characters num ENTER Specify index level for use by the F3 key (max value is 3 for the Shareware version; 27 for the Registered versions) num-num ENTER Specify range of index levels for the F3 key Examples: 2 ENTER 5 ENTER 1-3 ENTER 1-7 ENTER 3. Cursor Control Keys ======================= or ENTER Display NEXT Verb Display PREVIOUS Verb Display NEXT 2 Tenses for this Verb Display PREVIOUS 2 Tenses for this Verb ============================================================================== For complete information on the Verb Reference Facility (VRF), please go to the following page: Section VII "THE VERB REFERENCE FACILITY" ................. page 71 ============================================================================== -131- (G.APP) APPENDIX G -- SPANISH PRONUNCIATION AND STRESS The letter "a" as in "madre" (mother). Pronounce "a" as in the word "father" (but much shorter in duration). The letter "b" has two sounds in Spanish. At the beginning of a word, and after "m", or before "l", it sounds like a slightly softer version of an American/British "b", e.g., "boca", "bomba", "amable". When the letter "b" lies between two vowels, however, it is spoken by breathing lightly through hardly open lips. Thus, for example, the letter "b" in "Habana" sounds almost like the English "v" in "Havana". This second sound of "b" is thus essentially the same as the letter "v". In many parts of Latin America the letter "b" (EXCEPT before "l" or "r") is generally pronounced like the English letter "v" in all situations. The letter "c" + "a", "o", or "u", or before any consonant (except "h") has a "k" sound: "ca" as in "cada" (each). Pronounce "ca" as in the word "cod". "co" as in "codo" (elbow). Pronounce "co" as in the word "code". "cu" as in "curar" (to cure). Pronounce "cu" as in the word "Coors" (TM). "cr" as in "crema" (cream). Pronounce "cr" as in the word "cream". "ct" as in "doctor" (doctor). Pronounce "ct" as in the word "doctor". The letter "c" + "e" or "i" (in Latin America): (has an "s" sound) "ce" as in "centro" (center). Pronounce "ce" as in the word "center". "ci" as in "cinta" (ribbon/tape). Pronounce "ci" as in the word "seen". The letter "c" + "e" or "i" (in most of Spain): (has a "th" sound) "ce" as in "centro" (center). Pronounce "c" as in the word "thin". "ci" as in "cinta" (ribbon/tape). Pronounce "c" as in the word "thin". The effect in English would thus be "thentro" and "theenta". The combination "ch" is considered a single letter in Spanish. The pronun- ciation is exactly like the combination "ch" in English, e.g., "church". "cheque", "rancho", "cucaracha" -132- The letter "d" is softer than the "d" of American/British. Furthermore, when the letter "d" occurs between vowels it is pronounced more like the English "th" in "though". For example, the Spanish word "dedo" (finger) has two separate "d" sounds. The first "d" is similar to an American/British "d". The second "d", however, is more like the "th" of "though". Thus the overall sound is more like "DAY-tho". When "d" is at the end of the word, many Spaniards either pronounce it like the "th" of "thin", or else they drop it entirely. Thus "Madrid" may sound like "Madrí". In popular speech in Latin America, the letter "d" may also not be pronounced at the end of a word. Thus the word "Usted" may sound like "Usté". When the "d" occurs between vowels it may also tend to dis- appear. Thus the word "colorado" may sound like "colorao". DO NOT adopt these usages! The letter "e" as in "pelo" (hair). Pronounce "e" as in the word "bet" or "set". The letter "f" sounds like an American/British "f". The letter "g" + "a" or "o" (has an American/British "g" sound -- BUT is more GENTLE) "ga" as in "gama" (gamut). Pronounce "g" as in the word "God" "go" as in "gota" (drop). Pronounce "go" as in the word "goat" The letter "g" + "e" or "i" (has a guttural sound -- same as Spanish "j"): In many cases you will not hear the guttural sound of the "ch" in the Scottish word "loch" or the German word "nach". In these situations you will hear more of an English "h" sound as in "hay". "ge" as in "gente" (people). Pronounce "g" as in Scottish "loch". (like the word "hen" with a guttural "h") "gi" as in "gigante" (giant). Prounounce "g" as in Scottish "loch". (like the word "heel" with a guttural "h") The letter "g" + "ui" (has an American/British "g" sound). Notice that the "u" is effectively silent. The purpose of the "u" is to PRESERVE the hard sound of the "g" whereas it would normally switch to its guttural form before the following "e" or "i": "gui" as in "guía" (guide). Pronounce "gui" as in "geek". -133- The letter "g" + "ue" (has an American/British "g" sound). Notice that the "u" is effectively silent. "gue" as in "guerra" (war). Pronounce "gue" as in "Gary". The letter "g" + "üi" (has an American/British "gw" sound). The diaeresis marks over the "u" are used to show that the "u" IS pronounced, that it keeps its own sound. "güi" as in "lingüista" (linguist). Pronounce "güi" as in "gween". :) The letter "g" + "üe" (has an American/British "gw" sound): "güe" as in "vergüenza" (shame). Pronounce "güe" as in "Gwen". The letter "h": (this letter is SILENT in Spanish) "h" as in "hola" (hi). Pronounce "h" as in "honor", that is, DON'T! "h" as in "huevo" (egg). " " " "h" as in "hueso" (bone). " " " The letter "i" as in "isla" (island). Pronounce like "ee" in "beet" or the "i" in "machine" (but shorter in duration). The letter "j": (always has a guttural sound like Spanish "ge" and "gi"). "j" as in "jamón" (ham). Pronounce "j" like "ch" of Scottish "loch". "j" as in "jefe" (chief). " " " "j" as in "jirafa" (giraffe). " " " "j" as in "joven" (young). " " " "j" as in "jugo" (juice). " " " Note that the letter "j" is NOT PRONOUNCED if it is at the end of a word. For example: in "reloj" (watch/clock), the "j" is silent. The letter "k" is not really a Spanish letter. Pronounce like the letter "k" in American/British. This letter is very rare in Spanish. The letter "l" sounds like an American/British "l". The letter "ll" is considered a single letter in Spanish. In Latin America this letter is pronounced like the American/British letter "y". In Spain, however, this combination may sound more like the combination "lli" in the word "million", although the "y" sound also occurs. We recommend that you employ the "y" sound: "ll" as in "pollo" (chicken). Pronounce "ll" like the "y" in "yo-yo". -134- In some parts of Latin America the "ll" will sound more like "dj", especially when it occurs at the beginning of a word. Thus, "me llamo" (my name is ...) may sound more like "me djamo" rather than "me yamo". The letter "m" sounds like an American/British "m". The letter "n" sounds like an American/British "n". The letter "ñ" as in "piña" (pineapple/pine-cone) has an "ny" sound like the "ni" in the word "onion", or the "ny" in "canyon". The letter "o" as in "otro" (other). Pronounce like "oa" in "oat" or the "o" in "hope". Before the letter "r" it may tend to sound more like the letter "o" in "north". The letter "p" sounds like an American/British "p" but is a little more gentle (less explosive). The letter "q" + "u" (has an American/British "k" sound). Notice that the letter "u" is effectively silent. Only the combinations "que" and "qui" occur in Spanish: "que" as in "queja" (complaint). Pronounce "qu" like "k" in "keg" "qui" as in "Quito" (Quito). Pronounce "qu" like "k" in "keg". The combinations "qua" and "quo" DO NOT OCCUR in Spanish. The same effect is produced by using the letter "c": "cual", "cuota". The letter "r" is much more distinct in Spanish than in English. It is always SLIGHTLY trilled with the tip of the tongue. But don't overdo this or you will create confusion with the letter "rr". The closest English example is probably the "r" in the word "very". When the letter "r" BEGINS a word, the trilling is stronger than when it comes between two vowels. For example, the "r" is SLIGHTLY trilled in the words "caro" and "hora". It is much more trilled in words like "ropa", "rincón", "rosa", etc. The letter "rr" is considered a single letter in Spanish. It is ALWAYS strongly trilled (or rolled). The difficulty for English speakers is in maintaining a difference in pronunciation between the following sorts of word pairs: "pero" (but) "perro" (dog) "caro" (dear) "carro" (car) "cero" (zero) "cerro" (hill) -135- The letter "s" always has an American/British "s" sound -- ALMOST NEVER a "z" sound (as in the English word "rose"). "s" as in "sal" (salt). Pronounce "s" as an "s". "s" as in "oso" (bear). Pronounce "s" as an "s". The "z" sound DOES occur before a voiced consonant: "s" as in "mismo" (self). Pronounce "s" as a "z" (like in "rose"). "s" as in "desde" (since). Pronounce "s" as a "z" (like in "rose"). Note that in some areas of Latin America the letter "s" tends to disappear in popular speech. For example, the word "está" may be pronounced "e'tá". DO NOT copy this usage! The letter "t" sounds like an American/British "t", but a little softer. The letter "u" as in "uno" (one). Pronounce "u" like "oo" in "too","zoo", or the letter "u" in "rule". NEVER use the kind of "u" sound of the English word "use". The letter "u" is silent in combinations like "gue", "gui", "que", and "qui". It is pronounced, however, like the letter "w" in combinations like "cue", "cui", "güe", "güi". For example: "cuerpo", "cuidado", "agüero", "güipil" The letter "v" is usually pronounced like the English letter "v" (but sometimes like our "b"). Again, the letter is softer than the English sound. This is why the letters "b" and "v" are almost indistinguishable in some Spanish-speaking areas. The letter "w" is not really a Spanish letter. Pronounce like the letter "w" in its ORIGINAL LANGUAGE: Jorge Washington, Ricardo Wágner, etc. Note: In the word "wáter" (lavatory/toilet) the "w" is pronounced like the letter "v". The letter "x" sounds like an American/British "x": "x" as in "taxi" (taxi). Pronounce "x" like the "x" in "taxi","taxes"... In colloquial speech you will often hear the "x" turn into an "s" sound. For example, the word "extremo" (extreme) may sound more like "estremo". Try to avoid falling into this habit. -136- NOTE (1): In a very few words like "México" and "mexicano" the Spanish letter "x" is pronounced like the guttural Spanish letter "j" as discussed previously. In fact, in Spain the spelling actually reflects this: "Méjico", "mejicano". NOTE (2): In parts of Mexico and Guatemala you will encounter words and names of Mayan origin which use the letter "x". In these words the letter "x" is pronounced like the English combination "sh". Since the "sh" sound did not exist in Spanish, the Spaniards gave "x" the job of representing it: "Uxmal" (oosh-mahl) In Central Mexico, e.g., the Aztec areas, the "x" may have the "s" sound of Indian words: "Xochimilco" (so-chee-meel-co), or "xochitl" (so-cheetl) (flower). The letter "y" sounds like an American/British "y": "y" as in "yermo" (desert). Pronounce "y" as in "yes", "yearn", ... The letter "y" occurs as a single vowel in one Spanish word "y" (and). In this word it is pronounced like the English "ee". In other cases "y" is a consonant and is pronounced as in American/British, or it acts like a vowel but only in conjuction with a strong vowel forming a DIPTHONG. This is discussed below. The letter "z" is pronounced like the letter "s" (in Latin America). In Spain the letter "z" is ALWAYS pronounced like the "th" of "thin". *** Now we must look at the "DIPTHONGS", 2-letter combinations that are pronounced as a single unit, rather than individual letters. In any combination of vowels, however, there is always one vowel stronger than the other. Strong vowels are "a", "e", and "o". Weak vowels are "i", "y", and "u". Spanish dipthongs are NEVER composed of two strong vowels. In this case they would have to be pronounced separately, and thus would not be a dipthong which is always pronounced as a unit. There is usually a strong vowel plus a weak vowel, but two weak vowels can also form a dipthong. The dipthong "ai" as in "bailar" (dance). Pronounce like "uy" in "buy", or the "ai" in "aisle". (the Spanish would thus sound like the English combination "buyLAR"). The dipthong "ay" as in "hay" (there is, there are). Pronounce just like the "ai" dipthong just discussed. The dipthong "au" as in "pausa" (pause). Pronounce like "ou" in "house" (The Spanish would thus sound like the English combination "POWsuh"). The dipthong "ei" as in "peinar" (to paint). Pronounce like "ai" in "paint", or "ei" in "vein" or "ey" in "they". (The Spanish would thus sound like the English combination "payNAR"). -137- The dipthong "ey" as in "ley" (the law). Pronounce just like the "ei" dipthong just discussed. The dipthong "eu" as in "deuda" (debt). Pronounce "ey-oo" quickly with the stress on the "oo". The dipthong "ia" as in "diablo" (devil). Pronounce like "ia" in "Christian". The dipthong "ie" as in "piedra" (stone). Pronounce like "ay" in "ray". (The Spanish would thus sound like the English combination "PYAYDruh"). The dipthong "io" as in "Dios" (God). Pronounce like "yo" in "yoke". The dipthong "iu" as in "viuda" (widow). Pronounce "ee-oo" quickly with the stress on the "oo". The dipthong "oi" as in "oigo" (I hear). Pronounce like "oy" in "boy". The dipthong "oy" as in "hoy" (today). This is identical to the "oi" dipthong just discussed. The dipthong "ua" as in "agua" (water). Pronounce like "wa" of "watch". The dipthong "ue" as in "vuelo" (flight). Pronounce like "we" in "wed". (The Spanish would thus sound like the English combination "VWELoh"). The dipthong "ui" as in "ruina" (ruin). Pronounce "oo-ee" quickly with the stress on the "oo". The dipthong "uy" as in "muy" (very). This is identical to the "ui" dipthong just discussed. The dipthong "uo" as in "cuota" (quota). Pronounce like "oe" of "woe". When two letters occur together that MUST be pronounced separately, and that would normally form a DIPTHONG, then an accent mark must be used to force their separate pronunciation, e.g., "país" (country). Spanish is very regular in its pronunciation patterns. In particular, the rules for where to place the stress in a word are very straightforward, and very important for being understood. -138- (1) Words ending in a vowel (a,e,i,o,u), n, or s, have the stress on the next-to-the-last syllable. (2) Words ending in any consonant except n or s are stressed on the last syllable. (3) Every word that doesn't follow one of these two rules has the stress indicated by the accent ', which is placed over the stressed vowel (á,é,í,ó,ú) or over the STRONGER vowel of a dipthong if the stress falls on a dipthong: ió, ué Words that end in vowels are easy. They are ALWAYS stressed on the next-to-the-last syllable ("penultimate") UNLESS there is an accent mark that shifts the accent mark elsewhere: "caballo" (horse). The stress is ON the "ba". "generoso" (generous). The stress is ON the first "o" of "oso". "generalmente" (generally). The stress is ON the "men". Again, if the word ends in a vowel and only has two syllables, then the first syllable gets the stress: "tengo" (I have). The stress is ON the "ten". "puedo" (I can). The stress is ON the "pue" (pronounced "pwe"). (remember that "ue" forms a DIPTHONG -- two letters sounded as one). "cama" (bed). The stress is ON the "ca". Again, an accent mark can be placed so as to shift the stress elsewhere. These accent marks are IMPORTANT. If you leave them off then you are misspelling the word! "genérico" (generic). The stress WOULD OTHERWISE be on the "i". "gastrónomo" (gourmet). The stress WOULD OTHERWISE be on the "no". "líquido" (liquid). The stress WOULD OTHERWISE be on the "qui". If a word ends in a consonant, EXCEPT FOR "n" and "s", then the stress goes on that final consonant: "estoy" (I am). The stress is on the "toy". "senil" (senile). The stress is on the "l". "financial" (financial). The stress is on the "l". "pared" (wall). The stress is on the "d". "color" (color). The stress is on the "r". "hablar" (to speak). The stress is on the "r". (see note) "comer" (to eat). The stress is on the "r". (see note) Note: ALL Spanish verb infinitives end with the letter "r" and thus are stressed on this final "r". -139- The letters "n" and "s" form the EXCEPTION to this rule about words ending in consonants. When a word ends in the letter "n" or "s" then the stress NORMALLY falls on the next-to-the last syllable (the so-called "penultimate" syllable). This is the SAME rule as for words ending in vowels, as we shall see: "cabezas" (heads). The stress is on the next-to-the-last syllable "be". "caballos" (horses). The stress is on the next-to-the-last syllable "ba". "descubren" (they discover). The stress is on the next-to-the-last syllable "cub". "escriben" (they write). The stress is on the next-to-the-last syllable "cri". Of course, if the word only has two syllables then the accent is on the first syllable: "plumas" (pens). The stress is on "plu". "eres" (you are). The stress is on the first "e". "matan" (they kill). The stress is on "ma". Many Spanish words, however, that end in the letter "n" or "s" DO get stressed on the final syllable. This is accomplished by using an ACCENT MARK. This mark is considered part of the CORRECT SPELLING and MUST NOT BE overlooked or omitted: "ratón" (mouse). The stress is obviously on the "tón". "están" (they are). The stress is obviously on the "tán". "estás" (you are). The stress is obviously on the "tás". "atrás" (back/behind). The stress is obviously on the "trás". The opposite problem occurs when the word ends in a consonant and the stress is NOT on the final syllable. In this case an accent mark must be used to show where the stress is needed: "lápiz" (pencil). The stress WOULD HAVE BEEN on the "z". "físil" (fissile). The stress WOULD HAVE BEEN on the "l". As a result of these spelling rules, some nouns have to gain or lose the written accent when changing from singular to plural, in order to keep the stress on the same part of the word: "joven" (youth) ---> "jóvenes" (youths) "melón" (melon) ---> "melones" (melons) -140- In Spanish there are many word pairs where the meaning depends entirely on the stress: "revólver" = revolver "revolver" = to revolve "cántara" = pitcher (e.g., for water) "cantara" = sing (imp. subjunctive as in "that she may sing") "cantará" = sing (fut. indicative as in "she will sing") Finally, there are a few cases where the accent mark DOES NOT have anything to do with stress, but rather to differentiate between two words with identical spellings that have different meanings: "este" (this) as in "este libro" (this book) -- "this" is an ADJECTIVE! "éste" (this) as in "éste es un libro" (this is a book) -- "this" is a PRONOUN! This is very common with a large, mostly monosyllabic group of words: "el" (the) as in "el libro" (the book). "él" (he) as in "él va" (he goes). "tu" (yours) as in "tu libro" (your book). "tú" (you) as in "tú estás" (you are). "mas" (but,yet) -- a CONJUNCTION! "más" (more,most) -- an ADVERB! "solo" (alone) -- an ADJECTIVE! "sólo" (only) -- an ADVERB! "aun" (even,including) "aún" (still,yet) The bottom line is that you must take accent marks very seriously as you set about to learn the Spanish language. -141- (H.APP) APPENDIX H -- LinguaPro/SPANISH Registration Form You have a choice of two different Registered Versions: 1) BASE Registered Version (BEGINNER level) $ 39.95 ... includes LEVEL0-5, TVERB0-5, VRBINDEX, VRBNDX1-27, SUNIT1-12, UNIT1-18, VOCAB1-20. 2) INTERMEDIATE Registered Version (w/ Expansion Set #1) $ 59.95 ... includes all of the above plus UNIT19-35 (saves $ 5.00 over the separate purchase of Expansion Set #1, plus the second set of shipping and handling charges if you order it at a later date). If you are ALREADY a registered user of LinguaPro/SPANISH then you may wish to order one of the following special packages: 3) Upgrade -- this will upgrade EVERYTHING that you have $ 17.50 bought to date! You will receive the latest program version plus the latest versions of all LinguaPro files that you have. You may order an upgrade at any time to be sure that everything that you have purchased is up-to- date. If you have the BASE Registered Version then you will receive an upgraded BASE Registered Version. If you have the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version then you will receive an upgraded INTERMEDIATE Registered Version, etc. 4) Expansion Set #1 and Upgrade -- this will upgrade your $ 25.00 BASE Registered Version to the Intermediate level by supplying the latest program version, plus the latest versions of all LinguaPro files that you have, plus UNIT19 - UNIT35.SPA. This package is designed for people who have previously purchased the BASE Registered Version and now wish to proceed to the Intermediate level. If you have not yet purchased any package and would like to save money, then you should order the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version. Alternatively, you can start out with the BASE Registered Version and order this package at a later date. If you live in Texas you must add 8.25% State Sales Tax to the prices shown above. Then add your shipping and handling charges as itemized below. All orders will generally be shipped to you within 48 hours of our receipt of your order. NOTE: The Registered Version will be sent to you on your choice of Floppy Disks. Be sure to mark your preference on this registration form, or to give your preference to the PsL operator if you place a credit card order by phone. This first section is for users wishing to purchase LinguaPro using a check or a money order. These orders may be mailed directly to us. If you wish to use a credit card then you may purchase the Registered Versions from Public (software) Library. Please see the final section for information on credit card purchases. -142- ======================== CHECK OR MONEY ORDER =========== v 2.60 ============= Mail To: Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. P.O. Box 1005 Houston, Tx 77251-1005 Make checks or money orders payable to Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. NOTE: (Purchasers outside of USA) Please send a Postal Money Order for US dollars or a bank draft in dollars from a US Bank. Name: __________________________________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________ State: ___________________________ ZIP _________________ Country: ____________________________________________________ Telephone#: ______________________ Compuserve, AOL, or INTERNET address: _________________________ Desired Floppy Type: _____ (360K, 5.25 inch) _____ (720K, 3.5 inch) _____ (1.2M, 5.25 inch) _____ (1.44M, 3.5 inch) *** Select ONE of the following packages (Please CIRCLE your choice): BASE Registered Version $ 39.95 INTERMEDIATE Registered Version $ 59.95 Upgrade $ 17.50 EXPANSION Set #1 and Upgrade $ 25.00 *** Add 8.25% Sales Tax if you live in Texas Sales Tax (8.25%) $ _____ *** Add Shipping and Handling Shipping and Handling $ 5.00 (U.S.) ($ 7.00 Canada/Mexico) ($ 9.00 International) Total payment enclosed $ _____ Where did you obtain your Shareware copy of LinguaPro/SPANISH? FROM AN ON-LINE SERVICE/BBS: ________________________ (which Service/BBS?) FROM A DISK VENDOR: ________________________ (which Vendor?) FROM A CD-ROM: ________________________ (which CD-ROM?) FROM A LINGUAPRO USER?: If so, who? ________________________ (which user?) -143- ============================ CREDIT CARD PURCHASES ====== v 2.60 ============= You can order LinguaPro/SPANISH with MC, VISA, AMEX, or DISCOVER from Public (software) Library by calling 800-242-4775 (toll free) 713-524-6394 or by FAX to 713-524-6398, or by Compuserve Email to 71355,470. You can also mail credit card orders to PsL at: PsL P.O. Box 35705 Houston, TX 77235-5705 Please specify PSL Item # 10875 and then the specific package that you wish to order as shown below. Item # 10875 BASE Registered Version $ 39.95 " " INTERMEDIATE Registered Version $ 59.95 " " Upgrade $ 17.50 " " EXPANSION Set #1 and Upgrade $ 25.00 The PsL telephone operators are available from 7:00am to 6:00pm CST Monday through Thursday, and from 7:00am to 12:30pm on Friday. Please specify the type of card, the account number and expiration date, and your name and address. Also be prepared to specify the type of floppy disk that you desire: Desired Floppy Type: _____ (360K, 5.25 inch) _____ (720K, 3.5 inch) _____ (1.2M, 5.25 inch) _____ (1.44M, 3.5 inch) NOTE: THE ABOVE NUMBERS ARE FOR CREDIT CARD ORDERS ONLY. Any questions about the status of the shipment of the order, refunds, registration options, product details, technical support, volume discounts, dealer pricing, site licenses, etc., must be directed to Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. at (713) 440-4444, or via EMAIL (Compuserve ID: 72650,3160), or via FAX at (713) 778-0214. To ensure that you get the latest version, PsL will notify us the day of your order and we will ship the product directly to you within 48 hours. ============================================================================== -144- (I.APP) APPENDIX I -- READ ME FIRST! GENERAL INFO, LICENSING, ETC. ============================================================================== I. DEFINITION OF SHAREWARE (General Information) Shareware distribution gives users a chance to try software before buying it. If you try a Shareware program and continue using it, you are expected to register. Copyright laws apply to both Shareware and commercial software, and the copyright holder retains all rights, with a few specific exceptions as stated below. Shareware authors are accomplished programmers, just like commercial authors, and the programs are of comparable quality. (In both cases, there are good programs and bad ones!). The main difference is in the method of distribution. The author specifically grants the right to copy and distribute the software, either to all and sundry, or to a specific group. Shareware is a distribution method, not a type of software. You should find software that suits your needs and pocketbook, whether it's commercial or Shareware. The Shareware system makes fitting your needs easier, because you can try before you buy. And because the overhead is low, prices are low also. Shareware has the ultimate money-back guarantee -- if you don't use the product, you don't pay for it. ============================================================================== II. DISCLAIMER - AGREEMENT USERS OF LINGUAPRO/SPANISH(TM) MUST ACCEPT THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY: "LINGUAPRO/SPANISH IS SUPPLIED AS IS. THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND OF FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. THE AUTHOR ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OF LINGUAPRO/SPANISH". ============================================================================== III. LINGUAPRO DISTRIBUTION AND REGISTRATION LinguaPro/SPANISH is a "Shareware program" and is provided at no charge to the user for evaluation. Feel free to share it with your friends, but please do not give it away altered or as part of another system. The essence of "user- -supported" software is to provide personal computer users with quality soft- ware without high prices, and yet to provide incentive for programmers to continue to develop new products. If you find this program useful, and find that you are using LinguaPro/SPANISH after a 30 day trial period, you must make a registration payment to Schulenberg & Associates, Inc. The registra- tion fee will license one copy for use on any one computer at any one time. You must treat this software just like a book. An example is that this software may be used by any number of people and may be freely moved from one computer location to another, so long as there is no possiblity of it being used at one location at the same time that it is being used at another - just as a book cannot be read by two different persons at the same time. -145- Commercial users of LinguaPro/SPANISH must register and pay for their copies of LinguaPro/SPANISH within 30 days of first use or their license is with- drawn. Site-License arrangements may be made by contacting Schulenberg and Associates. Anyone distributing LinguaPro/SPANISH for any kind of remuneration must first contact Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. at the address below for authoriza- tion. This authorization will be automatically granted to distributors recog- nized by the ASP (Association of Shareware Professionals) as adhering to its guidelines for shareware distributors, and such distributors may begin offer- ing LinguaPro/SPANISH immediately (however, Schulenberg and Associates must still be advised so that the distributor can be kept up-to-date with the latest version of the program. You are welcome to pass your Shareware copy of LinguaPro/SPANISH along to your friends or acquaintances for their evaluation. Please encourage them to register their copy if they find that they can use it. All registered users will receive a copy of the latest version of the LinguaPro/SPANISH system, together with all of the additional vocabulary, lesson, and verb files described below. Please consult Appendix H to find out how to order your Registered Version of LinguaPro/SPANISH. If you wish, LinguaPro will print out a copy of this registration form for you. Simply press the F1 key immediately after you have started the program (by typing LP) and follow the on-screen instruc- tions. You may pay by check, money order, or by credit card. Customers outside of the United States should pay by credit card, or by a postal money order drawn on US dollars. Thank you. ============================================================================== IV. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES The SHAREWARE version of Lingua/Pro SPANISH is distributed through Shareware vendors and computer bulletin board systems as a single compressed file using PKZIP. This compressed file exists in two forms: LPRSP260.ZIP (Bulletin Boards) (Using PKZIP 2.04g) LPRSP260.EXE (Floppy disk) (Using PKZIP 2.04g) If you have downloaded LinguaPro v2.60 from a bulletin board then you must utilize PKUNZIP to expand the files. PKZIP and PKUNZIP are available as self-expanding downloadable files on almost all BBS's. If you have obtained LinguaPro from a floppy disk then you will have an EXE file that will self-expand simply by typing "LPRSP260". -146- Once expanded, the LPRSP260.ZIP or LPRSP260.EXE files may be deleted to conserve disk space. If you pass this software on to your friends to try, please give them one of these original files, and NOT the internal files. After the expansion of the compressed file you will have the following disk files: ---------------------------- Files for vendors/sysops --------------------- FILE_ID.DIZ Special description file used by Bulletin Board SYSOPs to label and catalog uploaded files VENDINFO.DIZ " " " (new standard) VENDOR.DOC Information useful to Shareware vendors and BBS SYSOPs --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------- User information/documentation ------------------ UGUIDE.DOC User's Guide (including Registration information and essential "READ ME" text for first-time users) OMBUDSMN.DOC Information about the Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------- LinguaPro System Files -------------------------- LP.EXE The LinguaPro/SPANISH(TM) Executable program file LP.LIB LinguaPro/SPANISH(TM) Library File LP.ICO Icon file for Windows Users SPANISH.VRB Database file for the VERB Reference Facility containing 138 fully defined and conjugated verbs SPANISH.V01 Auxiliary database file for the VERB Reference Facility containing idioms and prepositional forms --------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------- LinguaPro Data Files -------------------------- LEVEL0.SPA Spanish Vocabulary File containing over 700 words. (*** These are the highest frequency words in Spanish) VOCAB1.SPA Spanish Vocabulary File of specialized words. This first specialized file covers the Human Body. TVERB0.SPA Spanish VERB Phrase File containing 5 fully conjugated verbs and verb phrases. UNIT1.SPA Lesson 1 (Adaptations of the first 4 lessons in the UNIT2.SPA Lesson 2 ... Basic Spanish Course developed by the UNIT3.SPA Lesson 3 ... U.S. Foreign Service Institute) UNIT4.SPA Lesson 4 " " " UNIT1.NOT Lesson 1 Database files for FSI course UNIT2.NOT Lesson 2 " " " UNIT3.NOT Lesson 3 " " " UNIT4.NOT Lesson 4 " " " -147- SAMPLER1.SPA Sampler 1 Excerpts from FSI Course Units 6 - 18 SAMPLER2.SPA Sampler 2 Excerpts from Castilian Course Units 1 - 12 SAMPLER3.SPA Sampler 3 Excerpts from FSI Course Units 19 - 35 SAMPLER1.NOT Sampler 1 Database files for Samplers SAMPLER2.NOT Sampler 2 " " SAMPLER3.NOT Sampler 3 " " VRBINDEX.SPA Spanish VERB Vocabulary File that is designed to work in concert with the SPANISH.VRB file of the Verb Reference Facility (it contains all verbs encountered in LEVEL0.SPA and TVERB0.SPA). --------------------------------------------------------------------------- After LinguaPro has executed for the first time, three additional files will be generated automatically: USORT.BIN LinguaPro/SPANISH System File SPA.BIN Compression/Decompression File for Spanish TVERB0.SPC File which "remembers" your last choice of verb tenses, verbs, and persons. NOTE: On slower PCs the file USORT.BIN may require 2 minutes or so for generation. The screen display will keep you advised as to the status of the construction process. This is a one-shot operation so please be patient. Once you have gotten familiar enough with the vocabulary file to begin to "kill" words that have been mastered, then you will also see the following file: KILLED.SPA File which contains words that have been "killed". ============================================================================== V. BENEFITS OF REGISTRATION The registration fee for the BASE Registered Version is only $39.95 plus $5.00 S&H (United States). The INTERMEDIATE Registered Version is available for $59.95 plus shipping and handling. You must also add 8.25% Sales Tax if you live in Texas. The order form is contained in Appendix H. Payment methods and shipping/handling information for international purchasers are described as well. When you have registered you will be licensed for the unlimited use of a single copy of LinguaPro/SPANISH. You will also receive the following: 1. A 90-minute audio tape, and matching script files, that cover the material of UNIT1 and UNIT2 as well as providing a complete coverage of Spanish pronunciation. 2. The latest version of LinguaPro/SPANISH. 3. 5 Vocabulary Files comprising over 19,000 Spanish words: LEVEL1.SPA, LEVEL2.SPA, LEVEL3.SPA, LEVEL4.SPA, and LEVEL5.SPA. These vocabulary files are graded so that the most common 4,500 words appear in LEVEL1, and the least common words appear in LEVEL5. LEVEL1 includes all words provided in the Shareware LEVEL0 file plus almost 4000 addi- tional basic words. -148- 4. 19 additional Specialized Vocabulary Files: VOCAB2.SPA ... VOCAB20.SPA. See Appendix L for a table of contents of these files. 5. 5 additional VERB Phrase Files containing 380 more fully conjugated verbs and verb phrases: TVERB1.SPA, TVERB2.SPA, TVERB3.SPA, TVERB4.SPA and TVERB5.SPA. LinguaPro/SPANISH will utilize these files to produce a virtually unlimited number of unique sentences that exhibit all important aspects of the key verbs: all major shades of meaning; the conjugation pattern for all tenses and persons; the use of the verbs in actual complete sentences; and additional vocabulary that naturally goes with the verb. 6. 14 additional Lesson Files: UNIT5.SPA ... UNIT18.SPA. These lessons complete Volume 1 (and provide 3 units from Volume 2) of the Basic Spanish Course originally developed by the U.S. Foreign Service Institute. A preview of this material is contained in the file SAMPLER1.SPA. 7. 12 additional Lesson Files: SUNIT1.SPA ... SUNIT12.SPA. These lessons complete the Spanish HEADSTART for Spain course developed by the U.S. Defense Language Institute. This is the entire course for the Castilian form of speech (including use of "vosotros"). A preview of this material is contained in the file SAMPLER2.SPA. 8. An expanded SPANISH.VRB file for the LinguaPro VERB Reference Facility (VRF) that provides the definitions and complete conjugation patterns (for rapid on-line lookup) for 9,256 Spanish verbs. Within the VRF, related Idioms, Example sentences, and information on associated prepositions is available with the press of a function key. 9. An expanded VERB vocabulary file (VRBINDEX.SPA) which is designed to be used in conjunction with the Verb Reference Facility (VRF). It contains the definitions for the most common 4,039 verbs in the Spanish language and allows the user to master the definitions of these verbs while allowing interrogation of the VRF at any time to obtain conjugation patterns. In addition, a set of 27 special index files are provided: VRBNDX1.SPA, VRBNDX2.SPA, ... VRBNDX27.SPA. The first 25 files contain the definitions of about 100 verbs each. The verbs in these files are ordered by decreasing frequency of use as documented in two classical studies of Spanish word frequencies. This allows the user to concentrate on the most useful verbs first by working with the index files starting with VRBNDX1.SPA. 10. If you have ordered the INTERMEDIATE Registered Version then you will also receive Units 19 through 35 of the Foreign Service Institute BASIC SPANISH COURSE in the LinguaPro computerized format. This completes Volume 2 of the FSI course and provides the first five units from Volume 3. You may also obtain these additional units by ordering Expansion Set # 1. The remaining 20 units (Units 36 - 55) will be available as Expansion Set #2 and will upgrade LinguaPro/SPANISH to the advanced level. All registered owners of LinguaPro will be notified by mail when this expansion set becomes available (currently scheduled for the second quarter of 1995). -149- 11. Future notifications of upgrades and Expansion Sets. Upgrades will be available to registered owners of LinguaPro/SPANISH at a considerably reduced price. Also, registered users will be kept informed as to the availability of new Expansion Sets. Note: This User's Guide contains information on ordering language course manuals and tapes directly from the National AudioVisual Center. Both the Latin-American conversational course (i.e., UNIT1.SPA ... UNIT18.SPA), and the Castilian conversational course (i.e., SUNIT1.SPA ... SUNIT12.SPA) are available. In addition, registered users of LinguaPro/SPANISH will receive product support for a period of 3 months following the date of registration. This support is available by mail, or via Compuserve Email. Please see the first page of this User's Guide for telephone numbers, FAX numbers, and Compuserve ID. ============================================================================== *** FEATURES UNDER DEVELOPMENT *** The following features are currently under development for future releases and Expansion Sets. Registered users will be notified by mail as to the availability of these upgrades and Expansion Sets, and will be able to obtain them at a substantial savings. *** For Version 2.70 (and beyond): A. New Data Files -------------- 1. Availability of Expansion Set #2. This Expansion Set will complete the Foreign Service Institute's BASIC SPANISH COURSE by providing units 36 - 55 in LinguaPro's computerized format. 2. Availability of standard SPANISH readers (Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced) in LinguaPro's computerized format. These readers will allow for the text to be "read" sequentially and then drilled so that ALL parts of speech of ALL sentences may be mastered in both the English to Spanish and Spanish to English directions. 3. Expansion of the 5 graded vocabulary files to 25,000 Spanish words. -150- 4. Additional Vocabulary Files that may be flashcarded, or used with the External File feature of the On-Line Dictionary Facility. These files will continue the Specialized Vocabulary series named VOCAB1 through VOCAB20. Some of the topics to be covered include: a. IDIOMS -- idiomatic expressions b. Specialized vocabulary files: Medical terms Legal terms Business terms Petrochemical terms Geological terms Golden Age Literature (obsolete and rare words) Slang and Vulgarisms Regional Vocabulary (e.g., Mexico, Cuba, Chicano, ...) ... 5. The addition of new SENTENCE-class vocabulary files (SENT1.SPA, SENT2.SPA, SENT3.SPA, ...) which will contain tens of thousands of complete Spanish sentences (and their English translations) that will allow the user to drill on ALL parts of speech in the context of grammatically correct, pure Spanish sentences. These sentences will be drawn from all sources, and selected to exhibit crucial aspects of Spanish syntax as well as allowing the drilling of difficult vocab- ulary items in the context of complete sentences. Users may, of course, add their own sentences (including special delimiters for the various parts of speech). This large collection of sentences will serve as an advanced extension to the material contained in the lesson files (UNIT1.SPA ... UNIT55.SPA and SUNIT1.SPA ... SUNIT12.SPA). 6. Availability of Expansion Set #3 and 4. These Expansion Sets will provide a computerization of the Spanish "Programmatic" Course devel- oped by the U.S. Foreign Service Institute. 7. Additional VERB-Class Files. The current TVERB series (TVERB1.SPA ... TVERB5.SPA) will be expanded to 15 verb files that totally cover the most common 1,000 verbs in the Spanish language. -151- B. Expansion of the Verb Reference Facility (VRF) ---------------------------------------------- 1. Further additions of Example sentences and Idioms to the Verb Reference Facility. 2. The ability for users to create their own verb files by selecting ANY set of desired verbs from the ones available within the VRF. 3. Expansion of the VRF to provide fast lookup for ANY conjugated verb form in addition to the infinitive forms. 4. Expansion of the Verb Reference System (VRF) to provide multi-screen expanded definitions of verbforms. This will be divided into Transi- tive and Intransitive usages of the verb, and each of these sections will be subdivided based on: a. Field of use (Legal, Industry, Business, Nautical, ...) b. Colloquial/Familiar meanings c. Vulgar/Slang meanings and all common phrases illustrating specialized usages of the verb form will be included in the appropriate sections. C. Enhancements to the Flashcarding Facility ----------------------------------------- 1. Major enhancements to the FLASHCARD Facility for VERBS (the SENTENCE Generator): a) Expanded sets of subject noun and pronoun forms. b) Support for Interrogative sentences. c) Expanded treatment of Subjunctive forms. d) Enhancement of the presentation of Conditional forms. e) Additional semantic filters to improve the clarity and reasonableness of all synthesized sentences. D. Other features -------------- 1. An ANNOTATION Facility will be added to LinguaPro that should be of special interest to scholars. The Annotation Facility will consist of a data base containing the following: a. Author List -- Names of Spanish authors b. Titles List -- Titles and publication dates of literary works belonging to authors in the Author List c. Sample sentences keyed to a primary word (noun, verb, etc.) and entered by the user. d. User notes. -152- The Annotation Facility will allow a user to register an author and title when beginning to read (or translate) a work. Sample sentences extracted from the work can be added by the user. These sentences will be keyed both by the author/title and by the primary word. Page numbers can be added as well to pinpoint the occurrence of the sen- tence in the text. General notes and comments can be added in a similar manner, again, keyed to an author/title/page. A report program will be provided that will produce printed listings of sample sentences by: a. Author b. Author and Title c. Key word NOTE: The Annotation Facility will be just as useful to persons working with English texts. ============================================================================== If you wish to make a printout of this User's Guide, you should use the User's Guide Browser feature of LinguaPro. Simply activate LinguaPro (type LP) and press the F1 key to enter the Browser. Then, use the F4 function key to specify any desired range of pages that you would like to print. Please see Section 1.14 for more information on printing this User's Guide. Some printers cannot reproduce the Spanish character set used in the User's Guide. In this case these characters will not print correctly. Other printers may be set via their front panel to print this expanded character set. Please see Section 1.14 for more information on selecting a printer font and on specifying a left-hand margin to leave room for punching holes so that the printouts can be bound. -153- (J.APP) APPENDIX J -- The FSI Course (Units 1 - 55) *************************************************************************** PART I -- The Beginner Course (UNITS 1 - 18) (in BASE Registered Version) *************************************************************************** UNIT 1 -- Basic Sentences and Useful Phrases - Pronunciation UNIT 2 -- Basic Sentences and Useful Phrases - Pronunciation - Some demonstratives ("this" and "that") UNIT 3 -- White's arrival in Surlandia - Pronunciation - Gender of singular nouns and adjectives UNIT 4 -- White meets Molina at the Embassy - Number in nouns and adjectives - The irregular verb "estar" UNIT 5 -- White's first day at work - The irregular verb "ser" UNIT 6 -- White and Molina have lunch together - Present tense forms of regular "-ar" verbs - REVIEW: The definite articles with titles UNIT 7 -- White and Molina look for an apartment - Present tense forms of regular "-er" verbs - The demonstratives ("este", "ese", "aquel") - REVIEW: The distribution of "ser" and "estar" UNIT 8 -- Molina tells White about his neigbors' apartment - Present tense forms of regular "-ir" verbs - The obligatory contractions (e.g., "del") - REVIEW: Noun-adjective agreement UNIT 9 -- White goes to Molina's apartment - The irregular verb "haber" and regular "-ndo" forms - Possessives - full forms - REVIEW: Adjective position UNIT 10 - Molina explains where he sends his laundry - Personal "a" - Direct object pronouns (clitics) - "-do" forms functioning as modifiers - REVIEW: Theme class in present tense forms -154- UNIT 11 - White interviews a maid - Possessives - shortened forms - The negative particle with verbs - REVIEW: Unemphatic "some, any" from English UNIT 12 - No water in White's apartment - Subject pronouns - Pronouns after prepositions ("phrase relators") - Components of phrases - REVIEW: Adjective agreement in remote position UNIT 13 - White and Molina go to a party - "-ndo" forms and the present progressive construction - Possessive constructions with "de" - Nominalized possessive constructions - REVIEW: Placement of negative particle UNIT 14 - Colonel Harris talks about his family's arrival - Present tense forms of the irregular verbs "ir", "dar", "ver" - The periphrastic future construction ("I am going to ...") - REVIEW: Theme class in "-do" forms of verbs UNIT 15 - Mrs. Harris goes through customs - Indirect object pronouns (indirect clitics) -- one object - Indirect object pronouns (indirect clitics) -- two objects - REVIEW: Possessive constructions UNIT 16 - Sightseeing - Redundant constructions with indirect object pronouns (clitics) - REVIEW: Masculine demonstrative forms - READING SELECTION: Los Nuevos Vecinos UNIT 17 - Social life in Surlandia - Past I tense forms of regular verbs (the preterite) - REVIEW: Possessive phrases with "quién" - READING SELECTION: Comentando UNIT 18 - Discussing Carmen's work - Past II tense forms of regular verbs (the imperfect) - Past II tense forms of irregular verbs (the imperfect) - REVIEW: Word order in information questions - READING SELECTION: Comentando (continuación) -155- *********************************************************************** PART II -- The Intermediate Course (UNITS 19 - 35) (Expansion Set #1) *********************************************************************** UNIT 19 - Visit to the Air Mission - Past I and Past II in the same construction - REVIEW: Spanish simple tense for English verb - READING SELECTION: Los Robinson UNIT 20 - Visit to the Air Mission (Cont'd) - Direct and indirect object pronouns in the same construction - Exclamatory "qué" and "cómo" - REVIEW: Postposed full-form possessives - READING SELECTION: La Primer Visita UNIT 21 - The weather - Irregular Past I verb forms (an "-ar" verb taking regular "-er"/"-ir" endings) - Irregular past I verb forms - verbs with extended stems - Irregular past I verb forms - verbs with modified stems - Irregular past I verb forms - verbs with suppleted stems - REVIEW: Theme class in Past II tense forms - READING SELECTION: Plan de Estudiar UNIT 22 - Mrs. Harris wants to go to the market - Present tense irregular verbs - stem vowel changing - REVIEW: Theme class in Past I tense forms - READING SELECTION: Jane y Ruth UNIT 23 - Shopping at the market - Present tense irregular verbs - velar stem extensions - Present tense irregular verbs - mixed stem-vowel changing and velar stem extensions - Present tense irregular verbs - mixed miscellaneous "caer", "traer", "oír", "hacer", "decir", "saber" - REVIEW: The obligatory clause relator "que" - READING SELECTION: ¿Quién Rompió los Platos? UNIT 24 - Shopping in the stores - Reflexive clitic pronouns ("se") - Reflexive clitic pronouns with progressive and periphrastic future verb constructions - Expressions for time of day - REVIEW: Gender class assignment of certain nouns (Part I) - READING SELECTION: Los Fuentes se Despiden -156- UNIT 25 - A visa interview - Reflexive and indirect clitic pronouns in the same construction - REVIEW: Verb-subject order in certain dependent clauses - READING SELECTION: Señora Sistemática UNIT 26 - A visa interview (Cont'd) - Reflexive and direct clitic pronouns in the same construction - Reflexives with no designated agents - REVIEW: Gender class assignment of certain nouns (Part II) - READING SELECTION: Día de Mercado UNIT 27 - Sports - Formal command forms for regular verbs - Formal command forms for irregular verbs - Familiar command forms for regular verbs - Familiar command forms for irregular verbs - REVIEW: Nominalized possessives - READING SELECTION: La Técnica de Comprar UNIT 28 - At the golf course - Indirect command forms - regular and irregular - Hortatory command forms ("let's ...") - REVIEW: Review of Past I tense forms (preterite) - READING SELECTION: Ciudades Latinoamericanas UNIT 29 - At the tennis court - Clitic pronouns with command forms - Clitic pronouns in constructions with infinitives and with "-ndo" forms - REVIEW: Review of present perfect construction - READING SELECTION: El Barrio Viejo de Las Palmas UNIT 30 - Bullfighting - REVIEW: Verb forms, Verb constructions, and clitic pronouns - READING SELECTION: En el Mercado UNIT 31 - Dinner at Mrs. Molina's - Past progressive construction - Nominalized verb forms as subjects of a sentence - "-ndo" forms in absolute constructions - READING SELECTIONS: Los Negocios en Surlandia La Interdependencia Económica Entre los Estados Unidos y Latinoamérica UNIT 32 - A conversation after dinner - Cardinal numbers, days of the week, months of the year - Some semantic correlations: "saber" vs. "conocer", and "pedir" vs. "preguntar" - Strong stress as a function differentiator in verbs (e.g., "estudie" vs. "estudié") - READING SELECTIONS: Resultados del Viaje a Surlandia Presidente Inaugura la Represa del Río Chico -157- UNIT 33 - Saying good-bye to Mrs. Molina - Articles before nominalized adjectives - Ordinal numbers (e.g., "primero", "segundo", ...) - Spanish reflexive clitics as the equivalent of English possessives in identifying items whose ownership is obvious - Definite articles with days of the week and time expressions - READING SELECTIONS: El Viaje Geografía de Surlandia UNIT 34 - Molina talks with an economist from the Point IV program - The prepositions "por" and "para" - Colors - English subject-verb; Spanish object-verb - Relative position of the parts of a Spanish progressive construction in questions - READING SELECTIONS: Unas Cartas Progreso Urbano y Facilidades Públicas UNIT 35 - A country barbecue on Columbus day - Nominalization of articles - Some semantic correlations: "tomar" vs. "llevar", "salir" vs. "dejar" - Position of the clitics in commands - Agreement of adjectives - hundreds - READING SELECTIONS: Feliz Coincidencia Problemas de Educación -158- ******************************************************************* PART III -- The Advanced Course (UNITS 36 - 55) (Expansion Set #2) ******************************************************************* UNIT 36 - Carmen phones the Harris house - Present subjunctive after "ojalá" - Spanish infinitive for English "-ing" forms as objects of relators - Placement of verb modifiers - READING SELECTIONS: Una Visita al Campo Surlandia y su Economía UNIT 37 - A cocktail party at the Harrises' - Present subjunctive in noun clauses functioning as the object of a verb - Certain indefinite adjectives as modifiers - Review of gender in demonstratives - READING SELECTIONS: Una Carta Historia y Desarrollo Político de Surlandia UNIT 38 - John gives up smoking to buy a car - Present subjunctive in noun clauses functioning as the subject of a verb - Use of definite articles; Generalized plurals; Uncountables vs. Countables - READING SELECTIONS: Conflictos Internacionales Orígenes del Panamericanismo UNIT 39 - John White buys a car - The derivational suffix "-it-" - The derivational suffix "-ísim-" - The compounding suffix "-mente" - Spanish verbs with included subject - The adjective "todo" - READING SELECTIONS: Los Primeros Días La Organización de los Estados Americanos y su Campo Social UNIT 40 - Carmen's grandmother dies - Present subjunctive in noun modifying clauses - Adjective position - obligatory postposed adjectives - Nominalization of demonstratives - READING SELECTIONS: Solución del Conflicto La Organización de los Estados Americanos y la Paz y Seguridad del Continente -159- UNIT 41 - A student strike - Present subjunctive in verb modifying clauses - obligatory occurrence - Compound phrase relators (compound prepositions) - Nominalization of possessives - READING SELECTIONS: Un Robo Policía Propónese Terminar con Criminales UNIT 42 - At the barber shop - Present subjunctive in verb modifying clauses - conditioned occurrence - Compound clause relators (compound conjunctions) (relator plus "que") vs. simple relators in English - Nominalization of descriptive adjectives - READING SELECTIONS: Un Incidente de Tránsito ¡Oh, el Tránsito! UNIT 43 - At the gas station - Comparison of inequality - The position of "no" in expressing contradictions and reservations - English verb + relator: Spanish verb - READING SELECTIONS: Comprando un Automóvil Los Problemas del Transporte en Latinoamérica: Caminos UNIT 44 - At the beach - Exclamatory expressions - Irregular "-do" forms - English verb-relator-verb equivalent to Spanish verb-verb - Stress pattern contrast in singular regular and irregular Past I forms - READING SELECTIONS: Una Carrera Panamericana de Automóviles Los Problemas del Transporte en Latinoamérica: Transporte Marítimo y Líneas Aéreas UNIT 45 - A baptism - The past perfect construction - The shortening of certain adjectives - The "-do" forms for postures - English verb-adjective-"to"-verb; Spanish verb-adjective-verb - Theme class in present subjunctive forms - READING SELECTIONS: Los Pequeños Problemas de los Phillips Un Informe Semi-Anual -160- UNIT 46 - José gets sick - Comparison of identity and similarity - Word order: subject and verb - Position of adverbial phrase modifier - English verb + object: Spanish verb + relator + object - English verb + object: Spanish reflexive verb + relator + object - Stem changing verbs in present tense - Nominalization in comparisons - READING SELECTIONS: Una Convención Inversiones Extranjeras en la América latina UNIT 47 - Juan and José discuss language - The past subjunctive - The present perfect and past perfect subjunctives - Spanish verb + relator + infinitive - The intensifier "mismo" - Hortatory reflexives - READING SELECTION: Un Día Memorable UNIT 48 - The Binational Centers - The conditional tense and the conditional perfect construction - Conditional sentences with a subjunctive verb and a conditional verb - The periphrastic conditional - The neuter article "lo" with nominalized adjectives - Stem changing verbs in Past I - The present progressive construction with alternate conjugated verbs - READING SELECTION: Progreso y Salud Pública UNIT 49 - Carmen's cousin runs for congress - The future tense and the future perfect construction - Conditional sentences - Irregular present - irregular past I forms - Gender in pronouns after phrase relators (prepositions) - English-Spanish lack of construction correlations - READING SELECTION: Mediodía en la Capital UNIT 50 - Adaptation of Americans in Surlandia - Past subjunctive in main clauses - Past subjunctive after "ojalá", "aunque", and "como si" - Spanish indirect clitic for English "for" - Spanish second person familiar commands - Past I, Past Perfect, and Present perfect in contrast - READING SELECTION: La Lotería y Ud. -161- UNIT 51 - An accident - Indicative and subjunctive after expressions of uncertainty - The future and conditional of probability - The passive voice - Formal and familiar forms of address in Past I - Past I and Past II in contrast - Commands with velar stem extended verbs - READING SELECTION: Elecciones Congresales: La Víspera UNIT 52 - José sets the date - "pero" vs. "sino"; special uses of "sino" - Constructions with "desde", "desde que", "hace", "desde hace", "hacía", "desde hacía" - Adjective position - Past I and Past II - English noun-noun: Spanish noun-relator-noun - Sequence of tenses with subjunctive constructions - READING SELECTION: Elecciiones Congresales: La Votaciones UNIT 53 - White and Molina discuss literature - Irregular "-ndo" forms - Relative pronouns - Second person plural ("vosotros") forms - "por" and "para" - The indirect command - Future and conditional - READING SELECTION: No por Mucho Madrugar Amanece más Temprano UNIT 54 - A wedding present - Correlatives - The familiar "vos" forms (the "voseo") - Subjunctive after clause relators - READING SELECTION: La Boda UNIT 55 - At the wedding party - The noun-forming suffix "-idad" - The noun-forming suffixes "-ero" and "-ería" - The noun-and-adjective-forming suffixes "-ante" and "-(i)ente" - The noun-forming suffix "-dor/a" - The noun-forming suffix "-ción" - The noun-forming suffix "-miento" - The noun-forming suffix "-ista" - The noun-forming suffix "-ez" - The noun-forming suffix "-eza" - The adjective-forming suffix "-oso/a" - READING SELECTION: El Cine y la Juventud -162- (K.APP) APPENDIX K -- LinguaPro Error Messages The purpose of this Appendix is to give you a clear idea of what the various warning and error messages mean that LinguaPro may generate. In particular, any error marked as a FATAL ERROR is not your fault. If you ever get one of these messages, please contact Schulenberg and Assoc- iates so that we can analyze and eliminate the problem. The first digit of an error message signifies the major facility of LInguaPro that detected the problem: F100-F199 Problems with File Loading or Storing F200-F299 Problems in the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF) F300-F399 Problems in the Flashcarding machinery F400-F499 Problems in the Verb Reference Facility (VRF) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- F101: *** You cannot mix files of different languages You cannot load files with different suffixes. For example, if you load a file with the suffix .SPA then you can't also load a file with the suffixe .ENG F102: *** You have already loaded this File You cannot load the same working file twice. F103: *** Unsupported Language Type (Check Suffix) You don't need to specify a suffix since the default is .SPA. If you do specify one, however, then the only valid ones are .ENG, .SPA, and .GEN F104: *** You cannot Create a "KILLED.xxx" File The special file KILLED.SPA is automatically created when you first do a "kill" (K command) on a WORD-Class file. You cannot explicitly create such a file. F105: *** File has obsolete format: Use LinguaPro CONVERT Utility The file that you are attempting to load has an obsolete format, i.e., one produced by a version of LinguaPro earlier than 2.60. Use the provided CONVERT utility to convert this file to the new format. F106: *** You Cannot Mix Verb- with Word-/Sentence-Class Files You may only load a single verb file, or a set of WORD-Class files, or a set of SENTENCE-Class files. You cannot load a mixture of these three basic file types. -163- F107: *** You cannot Mix Word- and Sentence-Class Files As in message F106 you can load a set of WORD-Class files, or a set of SENTENCE-Class files, but you cannot load a mixture. F108: *** You cannot Mix Script files with anything else If you load a script file, e.g., SCRIPT1.SPA or SCRIPT2.SPA, then you may load several script files but not a file of Verb-, Word-, or Sentence-Class. F109: *** Must be " "/"ALL", or x, or x-x (x in range 0 to 15) F110: *** Must be " "/"ALL", or x, or x-x (x in range 1 to xx) F111: *** Must be " "/"ALL", or x, or x-x (x in range 1 to 6) F112: *** Must be " "/"ALL", or x, or x-x (x in range 1 to 5) F113: *** Must be: blank, ALL, x or x-x (x in range 1 to xxx) In specifying an option, or range of options, you can just press the ENTER key (or type ALL and press the ENTER key) to select all of the options, or you may type in the number of a specific option and then press the ENTER key (e.g., 6 ENTER), or you may specify a range of options by giving the first, then a hyphen, then the second, and then pressing the ENTER key (e.g., 4-7 ENTER). F114: ... Building File USORT.BIN ... Please Wait F115: ... Building User's Guide Index ... Please Wait These messages will appear when LinguaPro must rebuild the USORT.BIN file. At the same time it also builds a detailed index for the User's Guide and loads it into the LP.LIB file. You should only see these messages if you have just activated a Shareware copy of LinguaPro. However, if your User's Guide Browser ever seems to misbehave, or if LinguaPro must automatically delete the USORT.BIN file because it has somehow become corrupted, then these messages will recur. F116: *** Printer XXXX is Powered Off, Off-Line, Out of Paper, or BUSY You have requested a printout and your printer is not ready. Please check the indicated conditions and try again. F117: *** You have loaded the maximum number of files You may only load 1 Verb-Class file, 6 Word-Class files, or 6 Sentence-Class files (and they cannot be mixed!). -164- F118: *** Cannot Load File -- Would exceed 5000 Entry Limit by 99999 You may generally load more than one file (see message F117), but you may not exceed the LinguaPro limit on the number of entries. This limit is currently 5000. F119: *** Cannot Load File -- You need 999999 more bytes of low memory You do not have enough memory available in the first 640K RAM (conventional memory) to load the file. You may try shutting down Windows totally, or running MEMMAKER, or eliminating unnecessary TSRs. F120: *** File was not found: The desired file could not be found. Check your spelling. If you wish to create the file from scratch then you may do this by responding with a Y to the next prompt. F121: *** The File is Corrupted: The indicated file is bad. You must reload it from the Release Floppies (if it is a supplied file), or from one of your backup floppies (if it is a file that you created). F122: *** Verb Table Overflow (Foreign) -- Internal error F123: *** Verb Table Overflow (English) -- Internal error FATAL ERRORS. Please notify Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. F124: *** Sentence-Class File is Corrupted -- Please reload from floppies The indicated file is bad. You must reload it from the Release Floppies (if it is a supplied file), or from one of your backup floppies (if it is a file that you created). Alternatively, the CONVERT Utility Program "may" correct the problem. F125: *** File "LP.LIB" Not Found -- Please reload from floppies F126: *** File "LP.LIB" has Incorrect Vers.# -- Please reload from floppies F127: *** File "LP.LIB" is Corrupted -- Please reload from floppies The LinguaPro library file (LP.LIB) is bad. You must reload it from the Release Floppies. F128: *** File "USORT.BIN" not found -- Please run LinguaPro again F129: *** File "USORT.BIN" is Corrupted -- Please run LinguaPro again The LinguaPro USORT.BIN file is bad. LinguaPro will rebuild this file if you run the program again. -165- F201: *** Unknown Command: You have typed an incorrect command within the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). F202: *** Undefined File: The File ID letter is not defined. Use F3 to see what files you have loaded (i.e., internal files), and what files you have assigned as external files (see EF command). F203: *** Undefined Menu Item#: The specified item number is not currently showing on the screen. F204: *** Ambiguous Target File: When you have more than 2 files loaded you MUST clearly specify which file the operation pertains to. F205: *** Illegal Command (Only one File): This command requires that at least 2 files be loaded. F206: *** You must first do a SEARCH: You must do a Search in order to bring up a list of items. Most dictionary commands (e.g., Modify, Copy) require a prior search. F207: *** Initial and Target Files are the Same: You cannot do this operation on a single file. F208: *** Cannot add more words: Reached MAX of You have reached your maximum of 5000 entries in loaded files. Please exit and reload just the files that you actually need. F209: *** Cannot add more words: Filled all Text Space You have run out of space for the storage of textual information, e.g., definitions of words. You may exit and reload just the files that you actually need, or, attempt to create more space in the first 640K of memory by avoiding the loading of unnecessary programs (TSRs). F210: *** Cannot perform KILLs : KILLED file is Loaded You cannot use the Kill (K) command within the On-Line Dictionary Facility if the KILLED.SPA file is loaded. You may, however, use the Purge (P) command. -166- F211: *** S E A R C H E R R O R 01: F212: *** S E A R C H E R R O R 02: FATAL ERRORS. Please notify Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. F213: *** External File is Corrupted: The specified External File is bad. You must reload it from the Release Floppies, or from your own backup disks. F214: *** Illegal Operation for External File: You cannot perform any operations that would try to modify an External File. These files are Read-Only. F215: *** File "SPANISH.VRB" is Missing or Corrupted The system file SPANISH.VRB is bad. You must reload it from the Release Floppies. F216: *** Search string must contain at least 3 chars In order to search for a word you must specify at least the first 3 characters of the word -- the more you specify, of course, the smaller the list of possible "hits" that will be produced. If you specify less than 3 characters then the ODF may think that you are entering a command. F217: *** External File not found: The indicated file specified in the EF command could not be found. Please recheck your spellings. F218: *** File is already an Internal file: If you have loaded a file as an Internal File, e.g., for Flash- carding purposes, then you cannot also specify it as an External File. F229: *** Cannot reference a Verb-class File: A Verb-Class file (e.g., TVERB1) cannot be specified in the EF command. You may only specify Word-Class and Sentence-Class files. -167- F220: *** NULL file name (zero-length) specified A file with no name was specified. Probably you have two adjacent commas in your EF string. F221: *** Limit of 10 External File names exceeded LinguaPro currently limits you to 10 External Files at a time. Please count the number of file names in your EF command and eliminate enough of them to stay within the 10 limit. F222: *** Do NOT specify file suffices (e.g., SPA) File names specified in the EF command MUST NOT have suffices. LinguaPro already knows, for example, that you are working with Spanish files (.SPA). F223: *** External File name > 8 chars in length: Since file suffices are not permitted in the EF command (see message F222), your file names must necessarily be 8 characters or less in length (e.g., LEVEL1). F224: *** Range of LEVELs incorrectly specified: If you specify a range of LEVEL files by using the numerical abbreviation (e.g., 1-5), then the last file number must be greater than or equal to the first file number. F225: *** Duplicate External File name specified: You may not specify the same External File name twice in the EF command string. F226: *** SHAREWARE version lacks Dictionary Utility for SENTENCE editing Only the Registered Versions of LinguaPro provide the capability for creating or modifying Sentence-Class files. F227: *** SENTENCEs cannot be KILLed (K); you may only PURGE them A Sentence, that is, an entry with delimiting brackets (e.g., v[]. n[], av[], etc.), may not be Killed (K) within the On-Line Dictionary Facility (ODF). You may, however, purge them altogether with the Purge (P) command. -168- F228: *** External File has Obsolete Format: The file that you are specifying in the EF command has an obsolete format, i.e., one produced by a version of LinguaPro earlier than 2.60. Use the provided CONVERT utility to convert this file to the new format. F229: *** You cannot mix WORDS and SENTENCES in the same file If you have loaded a Word-Class file (i.e., a vocabulary file), then you cannot add Sentences to it. On the other hand, if you have loaded a Sentence-Class file (i.e., a lesson-type file), then you can only add Sentences to it. All files must contain entries of the same type. F230: *** Internal Search Failure -- Too many possible search strings F301: *** Infinite Loop (1) Detected in Flashcarding Algorithm F302: *** Infinite Loop (2) Detected in Flashcarding Algorithm FATAL ERRORS. Please notify Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. F303: *** Verb-Class File is Corrupted F304: *** Sentence-Class File is Corrupted (wrong length header) F305: *** Word-Class File is Corrupted (wrong length header) The indicated file is bad. You must reload it from the Release Floppies (if it is a supplied file), or from one of your backup floppies (if it is a file that you created). F306: *** Catastrophic problem with Sentence item selection (1) F307: *** Catastrophic problem with Sentence item selection (2) F308: *** Catastrophic problem with Sentence item selection (3) FATAL ERRORS. Please notify Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. F309: *** File "LP.LIB" is Corrupted -- Please reload from floppies The LinguaPro library file (LP.LIB) is bad. You must reload it from the Release Floppies. F310: *** Infinite Loop (1) Detected in Sentence Predicate Selection F311: *** Infinite Loop (2) Detected in Sentence Predicate Selection F401: *** Catastrophic problem with GETENGLQ routine FATAL ERRORS. Please notify Schulenberg and Associates, Inc. -169- (L.APP) APPENDIX L -- Specialized Vocabulary Files The following Specialized Vocabulary Files are true WORD-Class files like the 5-level graded dictionary files LEVEL1.SPA through LEVEL5.SPA. You flashcard these words in the same manner. You may use the NORMAL mode or INTENSE modes 1 and 2 to do your flashcarding. Because some of these words are highly specialized, for example, VOCAB16 contains the words for many small parts of an automobile engine, you should feel free to instantly "kill" (K command) any words that you have no desire to learn. VOCABULARY FILE CONTENTS VOCAB1 Parts of the Human Body: External and Internal parts VOCAB2 Animals, birds, and insects VOCAB3 Geography, scenery, the outdoors VOCAB4 Trees, fruits, and nuts VOCAB5 Flowers VOCAB6 Vegetables, grains, and herbs VOCAB7 Materials VOCAB8 Tools and hardware VOCAB9 Buildings, streets, and things in the city VOCAB10 Foods and Beverages VOCAB11 Eating and Cooking utensils VOCAB12 Vocations, Professions and Stores/Shops VOCAB13 Family and Friends VOCAB14 Reading and Writing VOCAB15 Clothing and Dress VOCAB16 The Automobile - Parts of the car and engine VOCAB17 The House - Its parts, rooms, and appliances VOCAB18 Medical Problems: diseases and ailments VOCAB19 Computer Terminology VOCAB20 Sports Terminology -170- (X.APP) INDEX <,<< Command (Less Spanish on the left) See Mixture Commands >,>> Command (More Spanish on the left) See Mixture Commands "nn" Command (Dictionary menu) 66 A command (Advance) 15,18,19,40,44,45,55,59,96,108,116,123 accent marks, applying see ALT A accent marks, ignored (Dictionary searches) 64 ALT A 46,49,50,63,67,69,72 .BIN files 8,87,148 Backups 87 Blank Screen use F2 (function key 2) Bookmark Screen (for SENTENCE-Class files) 20,35-36,99 Browser, User's Guide 4,16,17,28,29,36,65,72,87,90,92,152 C command (Conjugate) [Within the Flashcard Facility] and CC command (Continuous Conjugation) 60,125 C command (Copy) [Within the Dictionary Facility] 4,66,68,69,83 C-A-T DISPLAY 16,19,26,65,79,80,84 C-A-T SCAN 5,7,13,16,17,19,24,26,27,39,80,81,103 C-A-T SUMMARY 26,40,42,48,79 Caution Screen 24,61,77 -171- Clusters, Clustering Logic, Cluster Errors 15,18,19,21,24,31,35,40-42,44,45,57,59,96,107,108,115,116,122,123 Commands See Individual Commands CONVERT.EXE (Convert from old-format files to new-format files) 8 Creating new vocabulary files See New Vocabulary Files Cursor Keys See Editing Operations D command (Dictionary) 45,60,64,110,118 Default Values 25,39,41,47,100 Defense Language Institute, Spanish HEADSTART for Spain course 5,9,12,33,93,148 Dictionary Facility See ODF (On-line Dictionary Facility) Disk Cache, using for External File Searches 25,83,87 E command (Error) 14,18,24,45-48,52,59,60,63,66,77,88,107,115,116,122 e>> See E command 24,41,42,44,45,52,55,56,107,115,122 Editing operations, typing in character data See ALT A key 49,50 EF Command 25,65,66,70,84,84 Error Counters See Q and QQ commands 22,24,44-46,60,61,107,108,116,123 Errors, signaling see E command see INTENSE mode Error Messages (Appendix K) 162-168 -172- ESC key See INTENSE mode 16,24,36,37,38,41,46,48,51,57,60,65,67,77,91,101,102,104-106,111,119,126 Expansion Sets 4,6,7,9,32,92,141,148-150,155,158 External Files (also see KILLED file) 7,8,11,13,16,23,25,29-31,64-66,70,82-84,87 Exiting See ESC key; See X and XX commands F100-F499 (see Error Messages, Appendix K) F1 key (HELP) 4,16,17,26,28,29,36,65,72,80,87,91-94,145,152 F2 key (Blank screen) 16,65,72,87 F3 key (Internal/External File Display) (ODF and Flashcard Facility) 16,26,44,48,65,70,79,84 F3 key (Display a randomly selected verb) (VRF) 6,7,16,17,72,74,75 F4 key (Printer SETUP) 27 F4 key (Print User's Guide pages from within the Browser) 4,16,17,28,90,92 F4 key (Print Verb definition and conjugation) 4,16,17,28,72,89,94 F4 key (Print C-A-T SCAN results) 16,17,28 F6 key (Show Verb Idioms) 17,75 F7 key (Show Verb Prepositions) 17,75,76 F command (Freeze) 15,19,45,55,59,96,108,116,123 -173- Female Speaker 21,88,104 File Assignment Screen (via F3) 16,26,48,65,79,84,85 File IDs (Letters) 44,65,67,84 File Suffix (.SPA) 16,17,27,29,80,83,91 Flashcard (Sentences) 5-7,11,13-20,22,24,26,31-36,51-56,66,77,79,113-121 Flashcard (Verbs) 5-7,11,13-22,24,26,36-40,57-63,72,77,79,121-127,151 Flashcard (Vocabulary) 4,5,7,11,13-19,22,24,26,30,31,40-50,66,77,79,105-112 Foreign Service Institute, Basic Spanish Course 4,6,8,12,32,33,92,147,148-150 FROZEN mode -- See Cluster, A command, F command Grammatical Verb Presentation 6,11,21,60-62,88,89,126 Groups, Group Selection Screen 15,18,31,41,47,88,93,95-96,107,110 HELP see F1 key (function key 1) HONOR System 14,18,41-49,52,57,59,63,66,88,107,109,111,115,117,119,122,124,126 Hyphenated Definitions (INTENSE mode) 49 I and II commands (INTENSE) 41,46-48,50,51,57,60,62,63,88,89,109 -174- Icon (for Windows use) 8,147 Idioms, for given Verbs 17,75,76 INTENSE modes 6,7,14,15,16,18,21,22,24,25,41-63,67,88,89,106-109,111,114,115,117, 119,122,124,126 Internal Files See Working Files K command (KILL) 12,13,21,24,46,47,60,67,77,94,110,118,125 k>> See K command 22,24,44,46,56,118 KILL Feature See K command KILLED file See K command 11-13,19,20,22-24,29,31,46,67,82-84,94,110,147 L command (Load) 46,60 LEVEL1.SPA,... 5-12,15,17,18,22,23,25,28,30,31,35,40,48,51,64-66,69,74,79-81,84, 88,93,95,99,107,147 Loading files 17,28-40,91-105 LP.EXE 8,13,147 LP.LIB (Library file) 8,13,83,87,146 M command (Modify) 67 Memory Size 10,17,18,25,28,30,31,54,74 Messages (see Error Messages, Appendix K) -175- Mixture Commands (<, <<, >, >>) 42,46-48,50,53,61,62,89,106,108,109,114,116,117,122-124 N command (New) 67 National Audiovisual Center See Foreign Service Institute and Defense Language Institute New vocabulary files 23,28-29 Notes and Grammatical Information Selection Screen 19,35,54,98,99,118 .NOT files (database files associated with UNIT and SUNIT files) 9,12,35,54 On-Line Dictionary (ODF) 4,7,8,11-17,23-26,29,31,36,40,45,51,55,64-70 P command (Purge) 14-16,20,22,47,48,56,68,77,82,118 Past Subjunctive See Subjunctive, Past Prepositions, for given Verbs 17,75,76 Preterit Perfect 58 Printer Setup (specifying printer port and page margin) 27 Printing (the User's Guide) See F4 key 27,90,152 Pronoun Suppression (Subject) 21,39,88 Pronunciation (Spanish) 131 -176- Q and QQ commands (Quiet) 44-46,55,60,61,108,111,119,126 q>> See Q command r>> See K command 22,24,44,56,118 R command (Recycle) 47,61,88,96,97,100,110,118,125 Reduction Kill See K command See r>> 20,22,118 Retroactive Commands See E, K, and Q commands S command (Switch) 21,60-62,88,89,126 Searches (Dictionary) 8,11,13,15,23,25,30,55,64,66,70-72,82-84,87 SENTENCE-Class files, definition and use 7,8,12,15,17,10-22,24,28-36,51-57,63,65,70,92,93,97-99,113-120 SENTENCE-Class files, creating and modifying 7,12,15,29,55,85-86 Sequential order of presentation 19,34,54,97-99 SHAREWARE Version 8,10,18,20,23,75,89,92,94,144-147 Sounds Also see Z command (enabling/disabling) 24,25,42,47,61,87,107,115,116,122 .SPC files 37,39 -177- SPA.BIN See .BIN files SPANISH.VRB File 8,23,146-148 SPANISH.V01 File 8,146 Specialized Vocabulary Files See VOCAB files Statistics See X and XX commands See C-A-T SUMMARY, DISPLAY, and SCAN See View Counters 12,19,24,25,42,44,45,47,60,61,66,77,79,109,111,117,119,125,126 Study methods 7,18,88 Subdefinitions 49 Subjunctive, Past 39 Suffices, file See File Suffix SUNIT files (used identically to UNIT files) 5-7,9,11,12,19,28,31,33,51,56,70,80,88,91,93,94,97,113,114,148 T command (Transfer) 66,68,69,77 Terminology 11-15 TVERB1,... 10-12,20,22,28,36-39,56,88,89,93,100,102,121,148 U command (Unload) 44,46,47,61,67,77 UNIT files 4-9,12,19,20,22,26,28,31-36,51-56,70,80,85,88,91-93,97-99,113-120 User's Guide Browser -- see Browser, User's Guide USORT.BIN See .BIN files Ustedes See YOU, Forms of -178- V command (VRF -- go to Verb Reference) 11,13,16,23,28,40,47,55,61,70,71,74,89,94 VERB-Class files 12,13,17,20,21,22,25,28,36-40,50,51,56,57-63,93-94,100-105,121-127 Verb Reference Facility (VRF) 5,6,10,11,13,16,17,23,28,47,55,61,71-76,89,94,110,118,125,130,151 View Counters 40 VOCAB Files (e.g., VOCAB1.SPA) 5-7,9,18,22,28, Appendix L Vocabulary Files See WORD-Class Files Vosotros/as Forms 5-7,21,39,56,58,93,103,148 VRBINDEX.SPA, VRBNDX1.SPA, ... VRBNDX27.SPA 5-8,10-13,28,71,74,80,88,89,91,94,95,105,148 Warning Screen 24,77,78 WORD-Class files 8,13,17-19,22,23,28-31,40-50,64,65,74,82,86,93-96,105-112 Working Files See Internal Files X and XX commands (Exit) 12,14,19,22,24,41,44,47,53,61,66,67,69,77,79,87,94,125 YOU, forms of 56,58 Z command (Sound on/off) 24,25,42,47,61,87 #vt# (Transitive Verb) 75 #vi# (Intransitive Verb) 75 #vti# (Transitive or Intransitive Verb) 75 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------